Megagen Product 2015

Available products may vary by Country due to registration process.
Thank you for your understanding in advance.
MEGAGEN
PRODUCTS
2015
R2GATE™
Implant System
MegaGen Kit
Digital Dentistry
Regeneration
Instrument & Material
MEGAGEN
PRODUCTS
2015
004 Introduction
030 R2GATE™
053 AnyRidge® System
099 AnyOne® System
153 MiNi™ System
167 MegaGen Kit
219 Digital Dentistry
237 Regeneration
271 Instrument & Material
298 Global Network
Greetings from MegaGen
For Lifetime Smiles

MegaGen is offering more patient, and clinician-friendly products to
the world together with hearty service to precious customers.
Thank you for your interest in the MegaGen Implant. Ever since its establishment, MegaGen has
been striving for accompanied growth with dental professionals around the world, by developing
excellent and world-renowned products. With the market-leading technology and know-hows,
MegaGen has been manufacturing over 2,000 kinds of dental implant-related products in 8 product
categories. In 2006, MegaGen introduced the Rescue®, world’s first wide-and-short implant system
which obtained U.S. FDA for the first time among Korean dental implant manufacturers. Later,
MegaGen has developed the AnyRidge® and the AnyOne® for better prognosis and successful
clinical result, and was awarded the Korean Prime Minister’s Citation.
MegaGen has set up a complete line-up for Implant System, Regeneration Material and Instrument
& Material to meet your demands. Furthermore, MegaGen has recently launched the Eureka R2
Project to provide a clinical excellence and easy access to digital dentistry. As always, MegaGen,
“as an Implantology Innovator”, will devote itself to provide you with excellent and trusted products
for efficient implant treatment.
Once again, thank you very much for your concrete trust on MegaGen. We look forward to marching
together with you to build a bright and successful future through our strong partnership.
Sincerely,
CEO, MegaGen Implant Co., Ltd.
MegaGen History
2002 01.03 Established MegaGen Co., Ltd. (CEO Kwang-Bum Park)
09.01 Performed a project related to TBI business 2003

(Ministry of Commerce, Industry and Energy)
2004 07.14 Government Industry Auxiliary Research Institute certified

(ID No.20041761/ MegaGen Corp)
09.09 ISO9001/2000 (NO.12 100 23436 TMS)
12.21 Certification of ISO9001/13485 DNV (NO.2005-OSL-AQ-0376) 2005

09.02 U.S. FDA approval for the Intermezzo Implant System
NO.K051018
2006 03.08 CE Certification for the ExFeel Implant System/Intermezzo Implant System
06.09 Selected as the Inno-Biz (No. 6535-0617)
09.11 Licensed to est ablish an organ bank
(Korea Food & Drug Administration: No. 88)
04.11 SFDA in China Certification for the EZ Plus Implant System 2007
& the Rescue Implant System
02.22 KGMP
2008 05.29 Won the reward prize of the man of merit on the First Day of Medical
Appliances (Minister's Prize of the Ministry for Health and Welfare)
10.22 Awarded the Prime Minister's citation at "The Best Venture Enterprise 2008"
12.02 Awarded "a five million dollar export tower prize"
on the Forty Fifth Day of Trade
09.02 Prime Minister of Korea Award of 2009
“Innovate Technology 2009”
06.30 Appointed as a leading company for future
Bio-technology dental implant development from
Korean government
2010 12.14 President Park, Kwang Bum was awarded grand prize for
“2010 Intellectual property management”
12.21 MegaGen implant was awarded U$10 million export 2011

tower on the Trade Day
05.19 [Award] Received a Prime Ministry Award on
The 46th INVENTION DAY of Korea.
03.16 [Award] Recived a Ministry of Knowledge &
Economics award on "2011 Chamber's day" 2012 01.02 Present a new slogan for coming decade.
"To be One, To the world, To the Future".
01.17 MegaGen implant’s AnyRidge system was awarded 2012
Jang Young sil prize
12.25 MEGAGEN TOWER opened
03.18 AnyRidge got approval from Russia 2013
05.26 MegaGen Seoul Symposium
2014 03.31 Straumann invests in MegaGen

04.01 MEG-Inject, Red Dot award 2014 Winner
04.13 MegaGen Symposium in Seoul 2014 2014. 4. 13, Auditorium, COEX
08.04 MegaGen signed a memorandum of understanding (MOU) with
Straumann and Daegu Metropolitan City
09.28 MegaGen Meg-Series won Convergence Federation Prime Minister’s
Award for small and medium-sized business
MegaGen Vision 2022
Eureka R2 Project - Make it possible
“ Now we’ve found it! This is it!” + “Revolution/Renaissance”
Eureka R2 is the name of MegaGen’s long-term project for upcoming 10 years to become the true
leader in implant industry by providing a new paradigm of dentistry with upgraded digital technology to
clinicians.
What improvements we hope

Are you satisfied with in the future?
today’s implant treatment?
What are your

expectations?
The osseointegration which was founded by Dr. Branemark in
1960 has brought a revolution to overall dentistry. It was introduced
as the final solution of dental treatment in the Toronto symposium in
the year of 1985, but it has become the first treatment option for loss of
teeth for that last 30 years. The standard protocol of installing
a fixture into the alveolar bone followed by prosthetics building-up after a certain healing
period could appeal to all the clinicians. The development for
various kinds of regeneration material and technics, together with introduction of
new CAD-CAM concept, implantology has become a concrete treatment
method that can be used for any patient in any occasion.
The exclamation of “Eureka!” can be dedicated for the development of

implantology from the findings so far, MegaGen decided to start
an ambitious project named as “Eureka R2” to develop a new paradigm of
implant dentistry. This Eureka R2, as the 2nd revolution in implant dentistry,
will be able to guide clinicians toward easier, safer,
and economical treatment together with clinical superiority
like the navigation system of a car.
Eureka R2 Four Missions
Mission 2
Set up the concrete treatment
plan by pre-fabricating the
prosthetic components of ideal
occlusion and shape for the
patient’s case using digital
Mission 1 scanning technology.
Develop the analysis
system which will
assimilate all the data
into one.
Mission 3 Mission 4
Actuallize the Find the ultimate method and
One Day Implant material for ideal regeneration
through this of lost bone or tissue, with
process. minimal invasion and shortest
healing period.
Eureka R2 will present to clinicians the ideal treatment method through a complete, accumulated database with panoramic
radiograph, CT, cephalometrics, model and photos. It means the best treatment result which could be materialized only by
experienced dentist for a long time, can be predicted by any dentist with the help of computer programs.
‘One-Day Implant’ protocol became possible with the specialized design of AnyRidge® implant which secures robust
stability and stables ISQ pattern without recession. On top of this advantage, R2GATE™ software made it possible to
prepare permanent or temporary prosthetics even before implant placement.
In the end of Eureka R2 project, the regeneration technique to

recover insufficient alveolar bone in a short period will be established.
This Changes Everything
MegaGen’s Product Concept
All the products from MegaGen have been developed and improved based on the Eureka R2 concept.
We have successfully lined up all the products for digital diagnosis, implant and regeneration surgeries.
start
Digital Diagnosis
- Digital planning Best choice of Sufficient Ridge
- Virtual Surgery implant system

- Top-down treatment planning
R2 Gate™ Page.030 AnyRidge® Implant System Page.053
AnyOne® Implant System Page.099
Digital Equipment
for Diagnosis MiNi™ Implant System Page.153
CBCT Page.227
Insufficient Ridge
Intra Oral Scanner Page.228
Regeneration
Best selection for graft Sinus
Crestal approach MICA kit™ Page.262
Lateral approach MILA kit™ Page.267

Implant stability check
Digitalized Anesthesia
with objective evidence
MEG-INJECT ® Page.291 MEGA ISQ™ Page.272
MEG-TORQ® Page.286
Digital Guided Prosthetics

Surgery
R2 Navi-Guide™ Service Page.033 Digital Aided Prosthesis
CAD / CAM Abutment Page.220

One-Day IMPLANT™ Service Page.034
Milling Machine Page.231
CAD / CAM Material Page.234
Common Prosthesis
- Solid / Octa / Multi-Unit
/ Fuse / Overdenture
Refer to Page.066 for AnyRidge
Page.107, 141 for AnyOne
Page.157 for MiNi
Best combination for GBR membrane for Best choice for Bone Graft
Narrow Ridge Ideal Ridge Augmentation
SmarThor™ Page.246 i-Gen™ Page.256 Bone Harvester Auto-Max™ Page.239
BonEx Kit™ Page.249 Allograft Mega-Oss™ Page.242
Xenograft Mega-Oss Bovine™ Page.243
Synthetic Mega-TCP™ Page.244
Synthetic Bone Plus™ Page.245

Diagnosis &
Treatment Planning
are the most important.
Yes, we have!
- Precise & intuitive Diagnosis

- Better Patient-focused surgery
- Minimum Chair-Time
- Comfort & Minimally invasive surgery
- Excellent clinical result is guaranteed
as the diagnosis
⇒ Refer to Page.030 for more information on the R2 Gate
Painless treatment
is the key to success.
Yes, we have!
⇒ Refer to Page.291 for more information on the MEG-INJECT

Biology-Driven
implant system
makes excellent result!
Yes, we have!
AnyRidge, AnyOne
and Xpeed surface treatment.
The patented KnifeThread ® design of MegaGen Implant System in combination with the XPEED® surface having the unique blue
color presents incredible primary and ongoing stability. The advanced manufacturing process to create the XPEED® removes
any concern about residual acid on the implant surface made with a conventional S-L-A process. Years of clinical experience,
technical R&D and innovative manufacturing process have created the revolutionary MegaGen Implant Systems.
⇒ Refer to Page.048 for more information on the XPEED

⇒ Refer to Page.053 for more information on the AnyRidge
⇒ Refer to Page.099 for more information on the AnyOne
Objective numbers
shorten the unloading period
with confidence.
Yes, we have!
™
⇒ Refer to Page.286 for more ⇒ Refer to Page.272 for more
information on the MEG-TORQ information on the MEGA ISQ
Begin Prosthetic process in only 4 weeks

with Confidence! objective evidence with ISQ values
Implant Post suture Prosthetics

placement removal begin
Red dotted arrow line shows average ISQ values using other implants.
※ Hundreds of independently evaluated clinical studies show a continuous stability of increasement of ISQ value when AnyRidge Implant was used.
Case studies are available on a request to anyridge @imegagen.com
Regeneration
should be simple & stable.
Yes, we have!
MICA, MILA for Sinus Lift
SmarThor for Narrow Ridge
i-Gen for Ridge Augmention
& all options for Bone Grafts
Ø3.5 Ø5.0 Ø6.0 Ø7.0
⇒ Refer to Page.262, 267 for more information on the MICA, MILA

⇒ Refer to Page.246 for more information on the SmarThor
⇒ Refer to Page.256 for more information on the i-Gen
⇒ Refer to Page.238 for more information on the Bone graft material
Notice
1. Available products may vary by Country due to registration
process. Thank you for your understanding in advance.
2. Images in this catalogue might be different from actual products.
3. Specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
How to use this catalogue

1. Pages with frame are keynotes.
2. Pages without frame are specification of products for your order.
3. For your easy and fast finding, all products are indexed by color and title.
R2GATE™ AnyRidge® System AnyOne® Internal System AnyOne® External System

MiNi™ System MegaGen Kit Digital Dentistry Regeneration Instrument & Material
Contents
➲ R2 Gate Xpeed 048 / AnyRidge
030 - 045
➲ Implant System 054

AnyRidge
Characteristics & 071 Milling Abutment
047 - 165 Advantages
➲ MegaGen Kit
167 - 218 AnyRidge
060
Fixture 072 Angled Abutment
➲ Digital Dentistry
219 - 235
065 Cover Screw 073 CCM Abutment
➲ Regeneration
237 - 269
Healing Abutment Extra EZ Post

➲ Instrument 065 073
& Material
271 - 297
Impression Coping Lab analogs for
067 (Transfer Type) 073
(Pick-up Type)
Extra EZ Post
068 Lab Analog 075 Solid Abutment
Temporary Snap Impression

068
Abutment
076 Coping
068 Fuse Abutment 076 Comfort Cap
Solid
070 EZ Post 077
Lab Analog
071 UCLA Abutment 077 Burn-out Cylinder
071 Zirconia Abutment 079 Octa Abutment

Multi-unit Flat Temporary
079 Octa Healing Cap 085
EZ Post Cylinder 089
Cylinder
Octa Impression
079 Coping (Transfer Type) 085 Multi-unit 089 Flat EZ Post Cylinder
(Pick-up Type) Healing Cap
Multi-unit
Impression Coping
080 Octa Lab Analog 085 (Transfer Type) 089 Flat Gold Cylinder
(Pick-up Type)
Octa Multi-unit
080 086 089 Flat CCM Cylinder
Temporary Cylinder Gold Cylinder
Octa EZ Post Multi-unit

080 086 089 Flat Plastic Cylinder
Cylinder CCM Cylinder
Overdenture System
Multi-unit Meg-Rhein
081 Octa Gold Cylinder 086 091
Plastic Cylinder Abutment
081 Octa CCM Cylinder 088 Flat Abutment 092 Retentive Caps
Stainless Steel
081 Octa Plastic Cylinder 088 Flat Cover Screw 092
Housing
Multi-unit
Abutment Flat Healing Stainless Impression
084 088 092
(All-on-Four) Abutment Coping
Flat Impression
Multi-unit Meg-Rhein
085 Lab Analog 088 Coping (Transfer Type) 093
(Pick-up Type)
Lab Analog
Multi-unit Insertion Tool

085 088 Flat Lab Analog 093
Temporary Cylinder & Removal Tool
Contents
➲ R2 Gate
030 - 045
AnyOne Internal

AnyOne internal
110 CCM Abutment
Characteristics &
047 - 165
Advantages
➲ MegaGen Kit AnyOne internal

167 - 218 104 Regular Thread 110
Temporary Abutment
Fixture (Titanium)
219 - 235 AnyOne internal
105 Deep Thread 110 Temporary Abutment
Fixture (POM)
➲ Regeneration
237 - 269
AnyOne internal
105 Special Length 110 Lab Analog

➲ Instrument Fixture
& Material
271 - 297
Impression Coping
(Transfer Type)
106 Cover Screw 111
(Pick-up Type)
106 Healing Abutment 113 Solid Abutment
108 EZ Post 113 Solid Lab Analog
109 Fuse Abutment 114 Comfort Cap
Snap Impression
109 Milling Abutment 114
Coping
109 Angled Abutment 114 Burn-out Cylinder
110 Gold Abutment 116 Octa Abutment

Multi-unit Flat Temporary
116 Octa Healing Cap 121
Lab Analog 125
Cylinder
Octa Impression
Multi-unit
116 Coping (Transfer Type) 121 125 Flat Ez Post Cylinder
Temporary Cylinder
(Pick-up Type)
Multi-unit
117 Octa Lab Analog 122 125 Flat Gold Cylinder
EZ Post Cylinder
Octa Multi-unit
117 122
Gold Cylinder 125 Flat CCM Cylinder
Temporary Cylinder
Multi-unit
117 Octa EZ Post Cylinder 122
CCM Cylinder 125 Flat Plastic Cylinder
Overdentue System
Multi-unit
118 Octa Gold Cylinder 122 127 Meg-Rhein
Plastic Cylinder
Abutment
118 Octa CCM Cylinder 124 Flat Abutment 128 Retentive Caps
Stainless Steel
118 Octa Plastic Cylinder 124 Flat Cover Screw 128 Housing
Multi-unit Flat Healing Stainless Impression

120 Abutment 124 Abutment 128 Coping
(All-on-Four)
Flat Impression
Multi-unit Meg-Rheing
121 124 Coping(Transfer Type) 129
Healing Cap (Pick-up Type)
Lab Analog
Multi-unit
Impression Coping Insertion Tool
121 (Transfer Type) 125 Flat Lab Analog 129
& Removal Tool
(Pick-up Type)
Contents
➲ R2 Gate
030 - 045
AnyOne External

AnyOne External
144 Milling Abutment
Characteristics &
047 - 165
Advantages
➲ MegaGen Kit
167 - 218 AnyOne External
138 145 Angled Abutment
Fixture
219 - 235
139 Mount 145 Zirconia Abutment
➲ Regeneration
237 - 269
➲ Instrument 140 Cover Screw 145 Gold Abutment
& Material
271 - 297
140 Healing Abutment 145 Plastic Abutment
Overdenture System
140 Esthetic Healing 147 Meg-Rhein
Abutment Abutment
142 EZ Post 148 Retentive Caps
Impression Coping Stainless Steel

142 (Transfer Type) 148
(Pick-up Type) Housing
143 Lab Analog 148 Stainless

Impression Coping
143
Temporary 149 Meg-Rhein
Abutment Lab Analog
Regular Abutmnet Insertion Tool

143 149
& Healing Cap & Removal Tool
MiNi
MiNi
154 Characteristics & 159 MiNi Fuse Abutment
Advantages
Overdenture System
MiNi
155 161 Meg-Rhein
Fixture
Abutment
155
Cover Screw
162 Retentive Caps
Stainless Steel
155 Healing Abutment 162
Housing
156
MiNi Overdenture 162 Stainless
Fixture Impression Coping
158 MiNi EZ Post 163 Meg-Rhein

Lab Analog
MiNi Insertion Tool

158 163
Milling Abutment & Removal Tool
MiNi
159
Angled Abutment
MiNi Temporary
159
Abutment
MiNi Impression
159 Coping
(Transfer Type)
(Pick-up Type)
159 MiNi Lab Analog

Contents
➲ R2 Gate AnyRidge Kit
030 - 045
➲ Implant System Abutment Selection

Ratchet
Connector
(TANRES)
168
Guide Kit
173 Hand Driver
047 - 165
Handpiece Connector
Chisel Tip Chisel Handle
(TCMSC403)
(TANHCU) (TANHCS)
option
Straight type Angle type(15°) Angle type(25°) Lance Drill (MGD100L) Ratchet Connector (TANREL)
(EZ Post & Solid Abutment select) (Angled Abutment select) (Angled Abutment select)
➲ MegaGen Kit
Direction Indicator Path Finder Direction Indicator Path Finder
(for osteotomy sockets) (for pre-placed fixtures) (for osteotomy sockets) (for pre-placed fixtures)
Torque Wrench
Torque Wrench
Surgical Kit Abutment Removal

Cortical Bone Drill
167 - 218 169 174

Standard Type
Lance Drill Lance Drill
Handpiece
Connector
Driver
Cortical Bone Drill
Ratchet Connector
Drill Extension
Drill Extension Point Trephine Bur Trephine Bur Abutment Hand Driver
Removal Driver
Handpiece

Connector Ratchet Connector Hand Driver Abutment Removal Driver
Direction Indicator Path Finder Direction Indicator Path Finder

(for osteotomy sockets) (for pre-placed fixtures) (for osteotomy sockets) (for pre-placed fixtures)
Torque Wrench
Torque Wrench
219 - 235
Marking Drill
Marking Drill
Stopper Drill
Surgical Kit
Cortical Bone Drill
170 174 Drill Extension

Lance Drill Lance Drill
Handpiece
Full Type
Connector
Cortical Bone Drill
➲ Regeneration
Ratchet Connector
Drill Extension
Handpiece
Connector
Ratchet Connector Hand Driver Abutment Removal Driver
Drill Extension Point Trephine Bur Trephine Bur Abutment
Removal Driver
Hand Driver
237 - 269
Marking Drill
Marking Drill
Stopper Drill
➲ Instrument 171 Lance Drill 174 Direction Indicator
& Material
271 - 297
171 Marking Drill 174 Path Finder
Bone Profiler Kit Torque Wrench

171 Stopper Drill 174
GUIDE PIN OPTION Ø4 Ø5 Ø6 Ø7
& Adapter
(Included in Surgical kit,
Prosthetics Kit)
Prosthetic Kit
Impression
Driver
Abutment
Removal Driver
172 Point Trephine Bur 175 (Abutment Removal

Ball Driver
Hand Driver
Driver, Hand Driver,

Torque Wrench included.)
Octa Driver Solid Driver
AnyRidge
172 Trephine Bur 176
Solid Driver
172 Cortical Drill 176 Octa Driver
Handpiece
173 176 Ball Driver
Connector
Transfer Impression
173 Ratchet Connector 176
Coping Driver
AnyOne Internal/External Kit
Dense Drill
Ratchet Wrench
Direction Indicator
Ø2.0 Ø2.8 Ø3.3 Ø3.6 Ø4.2 Ø4.8

Path Finder
7mm
187 Stopper Drill Kit

8.5mm
AnyOne
R
177 Bone Profiler Kit 180 Surgical Kit

Stopper Drill Kit
Bone Profiler Kit Initial Drill 10mm
11.5mm
OPTION
Drill
Extension
Hand Driver
Shaping Drill
Handpiece Connector Ratchet Connector
Bone Profiler
177 187 Stopper Drill
& Guide pin 184 Initial Drill
3
OPTION
Torque Wrench
Right Angle Driver Tip

OPTION
Octa Driver
Prosthetic Kit
Impression Driver
178 (Optional Components) 188 (Hand Driver included)

184 Shaping Drill Hand Driver
Ball Abutment Driver Solid Driver
Lindermann Drill
178 (Optional Components)
189 Torque Wrench
184 Dence Drill & Adapter
Insert Driver
185
Handpiece 189 AnyOne Solid Driver
Connector
Hand Tap
178
(Optional Components)
185 Ratchet Connector 189 Octa Driver
Multi-unit Driver
185 Hand Driver 189 Ball Driver

Manual Inserter
Trasfer Impression
186 Drill Extension 189
Coping Driver
Reamer Drill
179 & Center Pin
186 Direction Indicator 190 Bone Profiler Kit

Bone Profiler Kit
Trephine Bur
179
Stopper
Bone Profiler
Bottom Erill 186 Path Finder 190 & Guide pin
179 (Optional Components) 3
OPTION
OPTION
Ratchet Wrench Right Angle Driver Tip

179 186 Ratchet Wrench 191
(Optional Components) (Optional Components)
Contents
➲ R2 Gate
030 - 045 911 kit

Lindermann Drill 196
Hex
911 Kit
047 - 165 (Optional Components)
➲ MegaGen Kit 911 Fixture

196
167 - 218 191 Insert Driver Removal Kit
219 - 235
Hand Tap 197 Fixture Remover
191
➲ Regeneration
237 - 269
Trephine Bur 197
Fixture Remover
➲ Instrument 192 Stopper Screw
& Material
271 - 297
Bottom Drill 197 Torx Driver

192
Reamer Drill
197 Torque Wrench
192 & Center Pin
Slot Driver 198 Abutment Remover

193
Multi-unit Driver 198 Screw Remover

193
Screw Remover
Ratchet Wrench 198
Guide
MiNi Kit 198

Screw Remover
Included in AnyRidge / AnyOne Guide Holder
Surgical Kit
Handpiece
Connector 198 Hex Remover
194
Ratchet Connector
Shaping Drill
R2 Universal kit R2 Full Surgical kit
R2 Full Surgical Kit R2 Full Surgical Kit

201 R2 Universal Kit 206
for AnyRidge System
208
for AnyOne System
203 Initial Drill 206 Cortical Bone Drill 208 Cortical Bone Drill
203 Second Drill 206 Bone Profiler 208 Bone Profiler
203 Universal Drill 206 Initial Drill 208 Initial Drill
203 Handpiece Adapter 206 Implant Carrier 208 Implant Carrier
203 Carrier Extension 206 Initial Guide Drill 208 Initial Guide Drill
204 Cortical Bone Drill 206 Guide Stop Drill 208 Guide Stop Drill
204 Tab Drill 206 Drill Extension 208 Drill Extension
204 Implant Carrier 206 Handpiece Adapter 208 Handpiece Adapter
204 Hand Driver 206 Ratchet Extension 208 Ratchet Extension
206 Hex Driver 208 Hex Driver

Contents
➲ R2 Gate Anchor Kit CAD / CAM Abutment
030 - 045
➲ Implant System 210 Anchor Kit 222 Scan Abutment

047 - 165
➲ MegaGen Kit
167 - 218 210 Anchor Pin 223 ZrGEN Abutment
219 - 235
210 223 ZrGEN Abutment
Stent Anchor (Cerec connection)
➲ Regeneration
237 - 269
➲ Instrument 210 Torx Tip 225 TiGEN Abutment

& Material
271 - 297
210 Tip Driver

Digital Equipment CAD / CAM Material
CBCT
227 R2 CT 234 ZrMon & ZrPlus
Intra-Oral Scanner
228
CareSteam CS 3500
Milling Machine
231 Carestream CS 3000
Milling Machine
233 Coritec 250i
Milling Machine
233 Zenotec mini
Milling Machine
233 Zenotec select
Contents
➲ R2 Gate Regeneration
030 - 045
Ø3.5 Ø5.0 Ø6.0 Ø7.0
Ø3.5 Ø5.0 Ø6.0 Ø7.0
➲ Implant System Handpiece

239 Bone Harvester 249 Connector
047 - 165 Auto-Max
➲ MegaGen Kit
167 - 218 242 Allograft
249 Chisel Tip &Handle
Mega-Oss
219 - 235
Xenograft Ridge Augmentation
243 256
Mega-Oss Bovine i-Gen (A,B,C Type)
➲ Regeneration
237 - 269
Synthetic
➲ Instrument 244
Mega-TCP 257 i-Gen Screw
& Material
271 - 297
245
Synthetic
257 i-Gen
Bone Plus Cover Screw
246
Ridge Splitting
257 i-Gen
SmarThor Healing Abutment
247 Saw for SmarThor 262 Hand Driver
Ratchet
Sinus graft (Crestal)

Connector
BonEx Kit
(TANRES)
249 262
MICA Kit
Handpiece Connector
(TCMSC403)
(TANHCU) (TANHCS)
option
Straight type Angle type(15°) Angle type(25°) Lance Drill (MGD100L) Ratchet Connector (TANREL)
249 Bone Expander 262 ASBE Trephine Bur
249 Lance Drill 262 Point Trephine Bur
249 Ratchet 263 Mushroom

Connecter
Instrument & Material
263 Hand Driver 272 MEGA ISQ
263 Cobra 272 SmartPeg
263 Sinus Express Bur 286 MEG-TORQ
Spreader
267
& Condenser
286 Right Angle Driver
PORTABLE /
PAINLESS ANESTHESIA
Sinus graft (Lateral)

267 MILA Kit 288 MEG-CLEANER
267 Point Trephine Bur 291 SMALL

NO-OBLIG
ATION
MEG-INJECT
267 Lateral Trephine Bur 293 Free Arm Forte
267 Window Opener 294 Clean Area Plus
267 Express Bur 294 Luminance LED NOVE
267 Membrane Elevator 295 MEGA SIL
297 EZ Seal
Implant completed
in a
simple and convenient
way!
R2 Gate
R2GATE ™ Ⅰ
R2 Gate™
“Diagnosis & Treatment Planning”
are the most important.
Planning
MegaGen Provides service
various R2 services.
Enjoy it conveniently.
It will be a rudder and compass Perfect planning for Optimal

for your Implant Positioning
daily implant practice. R2GATE™ allows you to make prosthetic
driven treatment planning through optimal
Implant positioning. It provides an intui-
tive view of all elements that you need for
implant practice as CBCT, STL, prosthet-
ic design, which is essential for implant
simulation before surgery.
R2 Gate R2 Gate 030 /031
Ⅱ Ⅲ
R2 ONE-DAY
Navi-Guide™ Implant®
service service
Make your planning come Deliver prosthetics

true perfectly. at the same day
R2 Navi-Guide™ (the surgical guide) is Various types of prosthetics can be
created by the state of art 3D printing delivered at the same day of surgery.
technology in accordance with the result Recover function & esthetics imme-
of treatment planning. R2 Navi-Guide™ diately!
completes your daily implant practice
with confidence.
R2 Gate
Ⅰ. R2GATE™ Planning Service

The most brilliant solution & service for implant planning.
If you would like to buy a service for a diagnosis & treatment planning by R2GATE™, just
ask to our distributors in your country. And send them a CBCT file and a model cast.
Characteristics & Advantages
1. Ideal Implant positioning Prosthetic driven Implant

positioning
R2GATE™ allows you to do prosthetic driven
treatment planning for optimal Implant position-
ing. It provides an eidetic view of all elements
that you need for implant practice as CBCT,
STL, prosthetic designs before surgery.
2. Digital-EYETM Find the hidden DNA of CBCT Conventional view

Digital-EYE™ function of R2GATE™ helps to
make an accurate diagnosis by restructuring the
256 different shades of the gray scale into co-
lours which can show you the real bone density
and morphology.
Digital EYE™ view
3. Drilling Strategy Maximum initial stability

Color-coded analysis of the bone morphology
with the Digital-EYE™, enables you to identify
the invisible bony structure easily and to predict
an optimal drilling sequence for strong initial sta-
bility of an implant.
Ⅱ. R2 Navi-Guide™ Service
Turn your treatment planning into reality.
Your daily implant practice will become more precise.
Tempting R2 Navi-Guide™? Just call our sales rep in your territory.
Our R2 Navi-Guide™ service will be much faster, more economical & precise.
1. The state of the art, 3D

printing technology pro-
duces a highly accurate
surgical guide which brings
your treatment planning into
reality.
3D Printing
2. R2 Navi-Guide™ is ex-
tremely useful in every
cases from single to full
mouth case, even with
Single Multiple Full-Mouth
bone deficiencies.
3. R2 Navi-Guide™ will be your

rudder and compass for
ideal implant positioning.
R2 Gate
Ⅲ. ONE-DAY IMPLANT® Service

Various types of prosthetics can be made & delivered to your
clinic even before surgery through our R2GATE™ program.
The esthetics and function of your precious patient can be
rehabilitated immediately with the surgery.
One-Day IMPLANT® service is easy to order. Just select or click the One-Day IMPLANT® option
when you give your confirmation on the diagnosis and treatment planning with R2GATE™. And
leave the rest to us!

1. The R2 Center provides
efficient prosthetics to
achieve the ONE-DAY
IMPLANT® for various
indications.
Single Implant Multiple Implants Full arch restoration

Cementation type Cementation type Cemention type or
(ZrGEN & PMMA) Screw retained type Screw retained type or
(ONE-BODY type) Customized abutment
- Ti-Based & Overdenture combination
- Customized Abutment - Ti-Based
- PMMA CAD/CAM - Customized abutment
- PMMA CAD/CAM
provisional restoration - Inner coping
provisional restoration
- 3D Printed Denture
with pink gingival coloring
2. Immediate loading?
The R2GATE™ will help you make the right
decision for immediate loading by showing
you the bone density and cortical engagement
analysis data in advance. However, the deci-
sion should be made by the clinician according
to the situation. The prosthetics can be delayed
a few weeks if the conditions are not enough
for immediate loading.
Ⅳ. Workflow and Processing

Simple order process : MegaGen’s R2 Service is very simple,
Convenient, and Fast. Also, it is very cost effective.
We have a world wide R2 center network. Please contact to the nearest R2 center or
MegaGen distributors at applicable countries.
Contact Simple Order
Submit CBCT
Planning Take a CBCT with a R2 tray in the
patient’s mouth. Take an accurate
Order CAST impression and make a stone
Confirm cast.
* Available Intra-Oral Scan file Send both to our R2 center.
Deliver
Surgery
Planning
Our designer at R2 center will

Super merging &
work on R2GATE with your
patient’s data for initial diagnosis. Initial Diagnosis
It’s to save your precious working R2 Center will send you the initial
time. diagnosis report or project file. You
(For example, it takes 3-4 hours for have to review it thoroughly and need
a full mouth case) to give us your confirmation.
Confirm
(It will take less than 5minutes per fixture to
correct the implant positioning according
Diagnosis and to your preference. All the responsibility is
Confirmation on you for this step)
Please give us your confirmation

quickly for faster service.
Choose your preferred service based
Manufacturing on the diagnosis & treatment planning
: R2 Navi-GuideTM only or One-Day
Implant®.
Our R2 center will start to manu-
facture products with CAD/CAM &
3D printer.
All packages including disposable drills

will be delivered to your clinic shortly.
Fast Delivery
Rocket delivery
Official Delivery period
Single case : 1week (working day)
Full mouth case : 2weeks (working day)
Delivery period may vary according to the
location & country. Please contact with our
distributors for more informations.
For more details information, you can download the R2 Implant service manual as PDF version from our R2GATE website.
www.R2GATE.com
R2 Gate
World wide Network of R2 Center

Please find the nearest center among worldwide R2 center network.
Small changes make a big difference.

Try it today!
South Korea Romania Italy

IDDA T: +4 0784.709.496 Tel : +39 348 085 543 2
T: +82-70-4352-1120 E: [email protected] [email protected]
E: [email protected] www.r2eucenter.com
www.R2GATE.com Russia
China Tel : +7 926 526 2697
USA (New York) Tel : +86 57427709926 [email protected]
T: +1- 201-363-1033 [email protected]
E: [email protected] Netherlands
www.ddx-usa.com Japan Tel :+31 (0)88 84 84 100
Tel: +81 6 6710 9188 [email protected]
USA (Los Angeles) [email protected]
Megacis Dental Lab
T: +1- 714- 502-0900
E: [email protected]
www.manta.com
For other countries, you can use R2 Implant Service if you contact nearest R2 center or distributors at your country.
Clinical Case Report

Turning your imagination into reality
• Diagnosis & Treatment planning with R2GATE™ and the clinical result
• Understanding and Purpose of Surgical Stent Surgery
• Clinical cases using an R2 Navi-Guide™ (1)
• Clinical cases using an R2 Navi-Guide™ (2)
- Author : Dr.Jong Cheol Kim (The inverstor of R2GATE™)
R2 Gate
1. Diagnosis & Treatment planning

with R2GATE™ and the clinical result - Dr. Jong-Cheol Kim
Implant surgical procedure using guided static

surgery
A 68 year old patient presented with the necessity of full mouth CBCT images are sent to the digital center server online, the Gothic tray
reconstruction. Unfortunately, he suffered from pneumonia and had to containing verti-centric movements, the plaster model and the wax rim
be hospitalized for about 6 months before the implant surgery. There was with facial information will be also be sent by regular mail. Specialists at the
partial maxillary bone loss as shown in the panorama below taken before digital center will start mounting on an Articulator based on the received
surgery. The patient would need GBR procedure to recover lost bone. At materials. These pictures show the model mounting procedure. The
a late stage, the patient and his family changed their minds, preferring maxillary and mandibular plaster models, the inter-maxillary space and the
minimally invasive implant surgery after the long-term hospitalization due to wax rim information can be digitalized using a dental scanner.
pneumonia. In this situation, flapless surgery would offer the least invasive
option if no GBR treatment was to be carried out. In this case, direct surgery
would not be possible, and a blind technique would be required. Under
such conditions, most doctors would want to simulate the surgery using all
available options - CT images, prognosis program and customized guided
drills. This is the story of an approach to guided static surgery converging These pictures show the diagnostic wax-up made based on scanned
CBCT (a media device) and CAD/CAM technology through this clinical materials by Dental CAD saving a lot of time. All the information regarding
case. the diagnostic wax-up can be opened as a file on R2GATE™ program.
The principle of R2GATE™ developed by Megagen implant Co., Ltd. is
layering the DICOM (CBCT) image and the STL file (attained by scan and
CAD). By layering the images, we can simulate the implantation based on
the prosthetic appliance position seeing the diagnostic wax-up, the plaster
model image and the bone condition at the same time. This makes mock
These are the photos and panoramas of the patient’s oral cavity after 6
surgery using the ‘Top-Down treatment’ idea possible. The operator’s
months hospitalization. We need to take alginate or rubber impressions for
surgical concept can be simulated using two- and three-dimensional
a full mouth reconstruction using guided surgery. The plaster model is the
images. Below pictures show the simulated implantation of 10 maxillary
sent to a digital center which produces the stents. 3 different materials based
teeth and 8 mandibular teeth. Another advantage of R2GATE™ is the
on the plaster model are sent back to us. Using a wax rim, the operator will
actualization of the mock surgery results as opposed to other CT viewers
decide the implantation position of the upper central incisor, and mark the
which only check the result via a monitor. This simulation result can be
extension line connected to central line of the face. The facial soft tissue
extracted as a file that can be used to design with Dental CAD.
can also be controlled and the bite plane of the deployment angle can be
decided by editing the wax rim. We can refer the arrangements of the stent
from these procedures. The position of the CR and vertical dimension are
decided with a Gothic arch attached to the plaster model. We can decide
the so called ‘verti-centric’ with a Gothic arch.
These pictures show the Gothic arch traces that indicate the movements
of the mandible and the stable mandibular position. Proper VD (Vertical
Distance) has been decided. Bite material will be poured into the oral cavity
with the Gothic arch to record the ‘verti-centric’, then a CBCT image is
These pictures show the full denture drilling guide designed based on the
taken. The pictures to the right are the CBCT photos with the Gothic arch.
sources from digital CAD. Not only the drilling guide holes, but also the pin
Preparation is now complete.
holes needed to fix the stent can be designed. In addition the customized
abutment and prosthetic appliance can be designed. This means we can
MegaGen’s R2 Navi-Guide™ is very accurate
recover function and aesthetics immediately by placing the upper prosthetic You can check the satisfactory CT results.
appliance (if the case of suitable ISQ value) because an upper prosthetic
appliance fitting exactly to the implants placed through the customized drill
guide can be produced in advance. The CAM method currently attracts
more users than CAD. CAM has 2 different ways of manufacturing - milling
or 3D printing. This will be expanded in the following pages.
We produced the final prosthesis after 3 months. At this time, the mandible
These pictures show the maxillary and mandibular implant drill guides
has zirconia abutments and temporary PMMA crowns have been placed in
produced by 3D printing. The pictures below show the customized zirconia
the mandible to allow further recovery of the patient.
abutments and temporary crowns produced by milling. As a result, the
dentist can receive a drilling guide and a maxillary prosthetic appliance,
and may decide whether to connect the maxillary prosthetic appliance
or not depending on the ISQ value. The bone can be drilled through the
fixed guided stent using anchor pins as you see in the pictures below. This
shows the result of flapless minimally invasive implant surgery.
Panoramas and pictures of 10 implants placed using a maxillary stent in the

same way. The customized zirconia abutment and the temporary crowns
produced in advance were placed after observing a satisfactory ISQ value.
The satisfied CT results can be observed.
This shows panoramas and standard radiographs at 1 month after the final
prosthesis was placed. This has been a brief introduction to the general
process of guided static surgery using R2GATE™. Due to time & space
limitations, this is only an overview - we hope you will be stimulated to ask
for more information about R2GATE™ and CAD/CAM. Over the following
pages, we will elaborate on the explanation and focus on the prognosis
before surgery with R2GATE™, on surgical simulation, and hope that the
whole process will be clear.
Mandibular CT after the surgery
Maxillary CT after the surgery

R2 Gate
2. Understanding and Purpose of Surgical Stent Surgery - Dr. Jong-Cheol Kim
As you can see on the previous pages, R2GATE™’s virtual simulation has cases. Here are some examples.
the advantage of combining DICOM (CBCT) and STL files enabling the
depiction of the overall status of the patient with real time digital videos
before commencing surgery. This handy function means that dentists can
decide the optimal position for placing implant fixtures and allow a quick
overview of the diagnostic wax-up, the soft tissue and the bone. In other
words, virtual simulation has reached an outstanding level for finding
implant positions as close as possible to real surgery using CAD/ CAM. A
simple schematic diagram follows below.
CBCT STL
DICOM:Digital Imaging & Communications Standard Tessellation Language
in Medicine
This case is a 56-year-old female with a right maxillary second premolar

defect. As can be seen in radiographs, the mesiodistal “Interproximal
bone level” area seems adequate, but the faciolingual area shows
significant bone loss.
R2 Navi-Guide™ surgery
The defect of the mesiodistal space is quite wide, making it difficult to

This schematic method of stent surgery can be either ‘Open flap surgery’ decide the position of both prosthesis and implantation. With R2GATE™
or ‘Flapless surgery’. Most clinicians think that ‘Guided surgery” means however, true virtual patient simulation procedures can be carried out.
“Flapless surgery”. With this concept, the range of clinical applications The dentist is able to determine surgical options before surgery thanks to
for drill guides is extremely limited in cases of the lack of hard and soft the simulation available with R2GATE™.
bone tissue. If instead, one thinks of ‘Guided surgery” as correct “implant
position’, it makes the application much more useful in many clinical
R2 Navi-Guide™ does a very important

role for the implant cases with defects
◀ Before and after the removal of

flat abutment fixing i-Gen
The position of the implants can be determined using R2GATE™ and

easily configured – use of an R2 Navi-Guide™ and Ti-mesh (i-Gen) is
decided with the virtual diagnostic procedure. Final suturing is also shown.
4 months after the surgery
R2 Navi-Guide™-guided surgery is ‘3D positioning and realization of

implantation’ as you can see in the clinical case presented. Over the
next pages, we will introduce a variety of clinical cases using an R2 Navi-
Guide™.
R2 Gate
3. Clinical cases using an R2 Navi-Guide™ (1) - Dr. Jong-Cheol Kim
As described earlier, the Clinical Significance of Guided Surgery using

R2GATE™ software and an R2 Navi-Guide™ is 3D positioning and its
realization with implants. Now I would like to present some clinical cases
using R2GATE™ software and an R2 Navi-Guide™.
The R2 Navi-Guide™ and prosthesis are produced with this data.
The patient above came to the clinic complaining of movement in the

#21 tooth. Cervical caries was immediately identified with the CT. This
patient requested rapid, aesthetic, functional recovery over the shortest
possible duration of treatments. We planned immediate loading of
zirconia customized abutment and a temporary crown, if excellent initial
stability could be obtained after implantation using R2GATE™ and an R2
Navi-Guide™. 2 preparations were needed in the clinic. This R2 Navi-Guide™ must be placed carefully to avoid damaging the
buccal alveolar bone following the tooth extraction.
Firstly, an alginate impression of both the upper / lower jaw was taken
and stone casts produced. Accurate impressions and stone casts are
essential as they are the basis for all the material (data) using R2GATE™. The drilling may then be performed to the size of the implant using drills
exclusive for the R2 Navi-Guide™ system exactly according to our
virtually planned surgery in R2GATE™. As the pictures show, complete
drilling processes are recommended to be performed following the guide
part of the R2 Navi-Guide™.
Second a CBCT scan is needed. As shown in these pictures, the patient Pick up the implant after finishing drilling, using the hand ratchet
bites a unique tray (R2 tray) and the CBCT scan is shot. This R2 tray is connector. The correct combination between ratchet connector and
utilized as a standard of superposition of the CBCT and the STL files. fixture should be accurately checked. The fixture can then be placed in
These 2 processes are preoperative in the clinic. Stone casts can be sent the prepared site after this confirmation.
via parcel service and the CBCT file via internet to the R2GATE™ Center.
You can use the R2 Navi-Guide™ for

Immediate Implant Placement case
We recommend the use of an implant motor. Once the implant is almost The pre-made customized zirconia abutment may be connected after
completely placed with the motor, the final vertical depth and position of bone grafting the gap between the socket and the fixture.
the implant should be completed using a torque wrench to exactly match
the virtual plan.
These pictures show the temporary crown, immediately after surgery and
The location of the fixture may be matched to the R2GATE™ plan by then the healed site after 2 weeks.
matching the window of the R2 Navi-Guide™ and the black line and
green code on the ratchet connector.
After time needed for soft tissue healing, the prosthesis can be made
using an impression for final prosthesis taken at the customized abutment
level.
After 4 months, this is the image of the final prosthesis loaded.

▲ The figures above can be applied only to an AnyRidge Implant. These For the success of immediate loading,
figures cannot be generally applied to other implant systems. 1. Bone quality
2. Implant design
In order to assess the possibility of immediate loading, we use both the 3. Surgical technique
placement torque and the ISQ value. Only when using the AnyRidge 4. Occlusal loading control
System, do we try immediate loading – and then only if the placement should all be considered.
torque is over 45N and the ISQ value is over or equal to 70 in D3~D1 bone
without parafunctional problems. Next we will introduce you to how to use the ‘Digital EYE™’ to assess
bone quality using R2GATE™ for surgical planning.
R2 Gate
It guarantees a success of an implant through

‘Digital EYE™’ function even at the poor bone quality
4. Clinical cases using an R2 Navi-Guide™ (2) - Dr. Jong-Cheol Kim
At the end of the last article, the necessary conditions for the success of
immediate loading were briefly mentioned.
1. Bone quality
2. Implant design
3. Surgical technique [ Ex. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 ]
4. Occlusal loading control Correct drilling sequence, implant position, and loading protocol can be
Most long-term observational research mentions that the above four determined based on CT analysis. Take note though [Example 4, 5] even
requirements affect the success of immediate loading. Utilizing CBCT if initial stability can be gained by determining bone density, do you think
as an assessment of bone quality is now being introduced in research immediate loading is always possible?
papers. In evaluating bone quality R2GATE™ also uses a function that What are your thoughts, readers?
enables preoperative evaluation of bone quality and makes it possible to
suggest a suitable drilling sequence to increase initial stability.
CT images shown on both the left and right are the same patient’s CT
image. Depending on the machine, as shown in the pictures, totally
different images are created. CBCT is different to MSCT (Multi Slice CT)
– it does not apply the HU (Hounsfield Unit) concept. This makes it more
difficult to evaluate the bone quality.
In order to resolve the disadvantages of CBCT, R2GATE™ has installed

the ‘Digital EYE™’. The colors shown on the image of the soft tissue This clinical case used ‘Digital EYE™’, predicted the bone quality and
helps to understand the bone quality thanks to the contrast of color. You pre-set the Drilling sequence to obtain satisfactory initial stability, and also
may identify the relatively hard cortical bone density and the cancellous increased the number of implants for a ‘One Day Implant’ case. What
bone clearly falls under classification D4 according to Lekholm and Zarb’s would the ISQ value be at the time of surgery?
classification. Considering this bone quality, you might make 2 step
under-drilling compared to the planned fixture diameter.
R2 Navi-Guide™ is very effective for

Full Mouth cases, even with thin ridge
Edentulous clinical cases need restoration and we present another clinical Two R2 Navi-Guide™s can be easily manufactured based on the basic
trial. Do you think that a fixation screw is the only way to obtain stability of CAD/CAM system. The first R2 Navi-Guide™ gets support from four
the stent when using an R2 Navi-Guide™ for edentulous cases? Tooth- mini implants. The method is to place fixtures on areas not related to the
supported guides have the highest precision. Currently obtaining soft location where the mini implants will be placed. Then, a surgical stent will
tissue stability using a tooth-supported system is what ‘team eureka R2’ be used to place the fixtures and finally the mini fixtures are removed.
is trying to do.
As mentioned in an earlier article, the author placed implants on the basis

One way to change fully edentulous cases to a tooth-supported case of the R2 Navi-Guide™, executed GBR, and made the closure suturing.
would be placing mini implants. Mini implants were originally developed Once again, the purpose and significance of R2 Navi-Guide™ surgery is
for the purpose of maintaining temporary dentures and the can be used not simply flapless surgery but to virtually manage & observe the result of
on edentulous cases with R2 surgery. For the mini implant placement, the surgery before the actual surgery following your own clinical philosophy.
implant position is not important - simply place it where it can be placed ‘Megagen Eureka R2’ started ambitiously with the intention of beginning a
most easily. 2nd Renaissance in the field of implant treatment and recovery using our
own program. The ‘R2GATE™’ programme is evolving to realize this aim.
Next year, we will be able to move beyond the implant field and provide
new methods for GBR. In addition, we hope to achieve virtual surgery on
the lower jaw using face analysis.
- Courtesy of Dr. Kwang-Bum Park, Dr. Seong-Eon Kim, Dr. Sang-Taek Lee.
* This clinical case can be viewed on www.R2GATE.com

‘How to get a reliable ISQ value’
046 /047
Implant System
048 Xpeed®
053 AnyRidge®
099 AnyOne® Internal
135 AnyOne® External
153 MiNi™
Surface treatment technology
guarantees excellent result
S-L-A with nano Ca2+ incorporation
cannot be imitated
1. Nano bone matrix layer with2+Ca

incorporated into the S-L-A surface.
2. Fast & Strong osseointegration.
3. Greater safety with our dual checking system.
Ca 2+
structure. This forms unique and uniform Nano-structure with Ca2+ ions
activates osteoblasts in living organisms.
048 /049
S-L-A surface with Ca2+ Incorporation

MegaGen has developed surface treatment based on S-L-A technique with calcium ion
incorporation process. Calcium ion creates a CaTiO3 nanostructure on the surface,
and activates osteoblasts in the live bone. The name of this unique surface treatment is XPEED®.
Fast & Strong Osseointegration

Bigger BIC (Bone implant contact) resulting bigger removal torque after
osseointegration
XPEED demonstrates bigger BIC and requires higher removal torque than the RBM or
®
conventional S-L-A surface treatments.
70
Bone to implant contact(BIC) Histological analysis
60 58.0 S-L-A RBM
50 52.8
40
37.5
%
30
20
10
0
S-L-A RBM
Removal torque
100 Test result after 4weeks with rabbit
80
Histological sections of Ti implants with XPEED ,
®
60 61.6
S-L-A, RBM surfaces shows the XPEED makes
55.8 ®
Ncm
40
30.8
the highest BIC. Bone contact was measured over
20 surface of Ti implants.
0
S-L-A RBM
Why “Blue” colored surface as the evidence of cleanliness?
During the manufacturing

process of XPEED treatment,
®
the S-L-A surface is neutralized

with complete removal of any
acid residue. The blue color of
XPEED surface is the symbol
®
Cell attachment of cleanliness.
Nano-thickness
XPEED is completely different from conventional HA
®
coating technique. Because Ca2+ ions are incorporated

into the surface with nano-thickness, XPEED will not
®
result in peeling or absorption after fixture placement Implant
which was common with the conventional HA coating.

0.5 ~ 0.7um

Evidence on the effect of Xpeed Surface treatment
Ca2+ ion
- In a living body, the creation of a large amount of cation by Ca2+.
- Therefore, more adhesion of PO43- ions occurs on Ca rich layer.
- Re-adhesion of Ca2+ ions on calcium poor layer because of PO43- ion layer.
- Increase of apatite layer like bone mineral, accelerates mineralization to make hydroxyapatite.
Apatite formation on the surface of treated sample
Large amount of new bone was formed early XPS analysis

on the Ca2+ implanted titanium surface, Ca2+ ion:23.99At.%
compared with titanium, even at 2 days after
implantation into rat tibia .
Amount of hydroxyl radical on calcium-ion-implanted titanium and point of zero charge of
constituent oxide of the surface-modified layer T. HANAWA*à, M. KONà, H. DOI°, H.
UKAI±, K. MURAKAMI±, H. HAMANAKA°, K. ASAOKAà
EDX Analysis (mapping) :
Ca2+ ion (green point)
CaTiO3 Nano-structure
CaTiO3 could increase osseointegration with juxtaposed bone needed for
increased implant efficacy.
Increased osteoblast adhesion on titanium-coated hydroxylapatite x20000
that forms CaTiO3. Webster TJ, Ergun C, Doremus RH, Lanford WA.
x300
CaTiO3
TiO2 + 2H2O = Ti(OH)4(aq)

Ti + 2H2O = TiO2 + 2H2↑ CaTiO3
Ca2+ + Ti(OH)4(aq) = CaTiO3(s) + 2H++ H2O
CaTiO3
Hydrothermal modification of titanium surface in calcium solutions

050 /051
Courtesy of Dr. Achraf Souayah
Fast Osseointegration ! Courtesy of Dr. Siormpas Konstantinos
Fig 1. Preoperative Panoramic Radiograph Fig 2. Postoperative Panoramic Radiograph
Fig 3. Preoperative Fig 4. After AnyRidge Fig 5. Immediate loading Fig 6. Placement of final
(Xpeed surface) Implants installation prosthetics
clinical photograph with provisional restoration
Fig 7. Postoperative intraoral Radiographs Fig 8. Postoperative Panoramic Radiograph

1. Immediate functional loading of single implants: a 1-year interim report of a 5-year prospective multicenter study / Authors: Giuseppe Luongo, MD, DDS, Carolina
Lenzi, DDS, Filiep Raes, MD, DDS, Tammaro Eccellente, MD, DDS, Michele Ortolani, MD, DDS, Carlo Mangano, MD, DDS / Journal Name & Volume Number : Eur
J Oral Implantol. 2014 Summer;7(2):187-99.
2. The management of immediate implant placement to optimize aesthetic outcome in the anterior maxilla / Authors: Howard Gluckman and Jonathan Du Toit
Journal Name & Volume Number : INTERNATIONAL DENTISTRY AFRICAN EDITION VOL. 4, NO. 4; 48-57
Long Term safety ! Courtesy of Dr. Kwang Bum Park
Fig 1. Preoperative Panoramic Radiograph Sep. 22, 2011 Fig 2. Postoperative Panoramic Radiograph Oct. 20, 2011
Fig 4. After AnyRidge

Fig 3. Preoperative clinical (Xpeed surface)Implants installation
Fig 5. Prepare for the Fig 6. Placement of final
photograph (Ø4.5 x 10.0) final loading prosthetics
Fig 7. Panoramic Radiograph after the

final loading Apr. 19, 2012 Fig 8. 2Y 3M F/U Jan. 28, 2014 Fig 9. 2Y 10M F/U Aug. 11, 2014
1. Safety and effectiveness of maxillary early loaded titanium implants with a novel nanostructured calcium-incorporated surface (Xpeed): 1-year results from a pilot
multicenter randomised controlled trial / Authors: Marco Esposito, Maria GabriellaGrusovin, Gerardo Pellegrino, Elisa Soardi, Pietro Felice / Jounal Name & Volume Number
: Eur J Oral Implantol 2012;5(3)
2. Retrospective study of the survival rates of a surface- treated external connection implant system / Authors: Kwang-Bum Park, Myung-Hwan An, Sang-Taek Lee,
Young-Jin Lee, Hyun-Jin Kim,Woo-Chang Noh and Hyun-Wook An / Jounal Name & Volume Number : IDT May 2014; 21-24

052 /053
AnyRidge ®
Key advantages
➲ Excellent initial stability even at the compromised
bone density
➲ No screw loosening guaranteed!
➲ Unique and valuable ISQ pattern ; an essential for
predictable immediate or early loading.
054 Characteristics & Advantages

054 Ⅰ. Design Concept
055 Ⅱ. Surgery
056 Ⅲ. Prosthetics
059 Ⅳ. Maintenance
060 Fixture Product & Package

060 Ⅰ. Dimension
061 Ⅱ. Size
064 Ⅲ. Package
065 Cover Screw & Healing Abutment
066 Abutment & Prosthetic options

066 Ⅰ. Fixture level Prosthesis
074 Ⅱ. Abutment level Prosthesis
074 1. Solid Abutment & Components
078 2. Octa Abutment & Components
082 3. Multi-unit Abutment & Components
087 4. Flat Abutment & Components
090 Ⅲ. Overdenture Prosthesis
091 1. Meg-Rhein Abutment & Components
094 Clinical Cases

Characteristics & Advantages » Ⅰ. Design Concept

Ⅰ. Design Concept
Small but Strong Abutment Screw

Diameter 1.8mm
Thicker abutment wall

More favorable for path adjustment
Various post height options

Optimum post taper
4.0, 5.5, 7.0, 9.0mm
for your convenience ✔ Different taper according to post diameter
(8°, 10°, 12°, 14°)
✔ Wider diameter has more taper!
Freedom of 1mm
1mm trimmable margin gives restorative
flexibility without changing B-L dimension Various choices cuff height
2, 3, 4, 5mm
Biologic S-line
Single connection
Biologic S-line provides
Abutment can be used on any size of fixture
seamless natural-looking
emergence profile
Wider fixture in a narrow crest
Maximize long term survival of implants.
Maximum preservation
of cortical bone
Important for esthetics and long-term prognosis
No cutting edge, but strong
self-threading
Knife-Threads
✔ Sharper cutting flutes slice and widens
It offers progressive bone condensing, ridge bone gradually.
expansion, maximized compressive force resist- ✔ No wobbling on cortical slope in the
ance and minimized shear force production. case of anterior immediate placement.
Narrow diameter
Taper design
Bigger fixture through smaller osteotomy socket
Easy to install and always guarantee
(Less invasive surgery) Important to preserve the
excellent initial stability
marginal hard and soft tissues.
Same core diameter, but different thread depth

Fixture diameter 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5
Core diameter 2.8 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3
Same core diameter, but different thread depth

Fixture diameter 6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0
Core diameter 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8
Core diameter
measured at
3.5mm under
the platform
Core
diameter
Characteristics & Advantages » Ⅱ. Surgery AnyRidge
®
054 /055
Ⅱ. Surgery
Excellent initial stability, even at compromised bone density.
AnyRidge Fixture cuts bone smoothly and condenses it simultaneously.
®
1. Fixture placement • Soft bone

The super self-tapping threads have a single core diameter that facilitates minimal site
preparation by utilizing a smaller osteotomy to place a wider fixture with special threads.
• Hard bone
AnyRidge Fixture with its super self-tapping thread design is easier than other traditional implants at
®
hard bone.
*Caution! : The osteotomy socket (drilling) size should almost reach the size of fixture to avoid
getting stuck in the bone during placement.
<1mm 1mm >1mm 1mm
1 2
Easy way to avoid stuck in the bone during AnyRidge implant placement
1. Due to extremely strong initial stability of AnyRidge Implant, the fixture can be stuck in the middle during im-
plant placement, especially at the mandibular hard bone. The best and easy way to avoid this happening,
‘One millimeter Rule’ can be helpful in the beginning. When a dentist could understand the Charac-
teristics of initial stability of AnyRidge implant, he can customized the drilling sequence and the stability ac-
cording to the preference. ‘One millimeter Rule’ is simple. If your implant handpiece with 40Ncm torque
force stops leaving one millimeter above the crest, you can use ratchet wrench to place it down to your
preferred position. Our recommended position of implant platform is 0.5~1.0 mm under the crest.
2. If the handpiece stops leaving more than 1mm above the crest at the hard mandibular bone, it’s better
to remove the fixture with a wrench, rather than trying to place it down with massive torque force. In
this case, you can find the cortical bone drill from the surgical kit. The depth of cortical bone drilling also
can be adjusted according to the bone condition. Then you can try to place the same implant into the
osteotomy.
2. Customized drilling • AnyRidge® Fixture has no fixed protocol for drilling. Make your own drilling protocol ac
cording to patient’s bone quality to attain preferred initial stability, or you can simply
Sequence drill an osteotomy socket adequately to the given conditions and then decide the
diameter of the fixture according to the bone density.
Example 1) A 5mm diam-

eter fixture can be placed
in a 2.9mm osteotomy ➲ ➲
socket at D4 bone. Excel-
lent initial stability will be Lance Stopper AnyRidge®
attained. Drill Drill 2.8 Fixture 5.0
Example 2) At hard bone,

you are advised to make an ➲ ➲ ➲ ➲
osteotomy almost to the size
of a fixture.
Lance Stopper Stopper Marking AnyRidge®
Drill Drill 2.8 Drill 3.3 Drill 3.8 Fixture 4.0
• Improved drill design is the secret of simplified drilling sequence. You can even harvest
autogenous bone with these specially designed drills.
(Recommended speed : 50 RPM, 50 Ncm with saline solution irrigation)
• The best way to get ideal initial stability with the AnyRidge system is by placing an
implant with a surgical engine, leaving one or two threads above the crest. Then use a
Ratchet Wrench to place the platform at the desired position.
Characteristics & Advantages » Ⅲ. Prosthetics
Ⅲ. Prosthetics
Better esthetic outcomes from wide variety of prosthetic options!
Stop worrying about screw loosening!
1. No screw loosening, • Magic Five (5° Internal connection)

less biologic width! Now you can be free from screw loosening with our unique connection (5 degree morse)
taper which gives perfect hermetic sealing. Biologic width is minimized due to no micro gap,
and crestal bone health is well maintained.
AnyRidge
Separation force
between fixture
and abutment after
49.49 cold welding.
A Company A
1.5° Connection
25.36 B AnyRidge
5° Connection
11.46 Company B
8° Connection
(n=5)
Performed Retention Test to evaluate the fixture-abutment retention force using Universal Testing Machine
-R&D center in MegaGen Implant Co.,Ltd.(2009)-
2. Biologic S-line Helps to achieve beautiful, natural-looking esthetics.
3. Optimum hex height Your fingers will feel the difference of the AnyRidge connection. It starts with impression taking
and lasts until final restoration.
4. All indications, wide Every case, every shape, every size was considered to satisfy the clinician’s needs.
abutment options
Various
post heights
Complete
Cuff height hermetic seal
S-line
[SEM image] Magic Five

Connection : 5° Morse taper
Characteristics & Advantages » Ⅲ. Prosthetics AnyRidge
®
056 /057
▸▸ Two different connections between a fixture & a component
1. All transitional and

temporary components
have ‘Ledges’ on the
bottom
• Cover Screws, Healing Abutments, Impression Coping (transfer and pick-up type), Temporary
Cylinders have ledges on the bottom which prevent from cold welding with a fixture.
• Hand Drivers(1.2 Hex) or Impression Drivers can be used easily to screw these components in and out.
2. All permanent abutments

will make strong con-
nections with fixtures,
even with finger force!
• 25~35Ncm torque force is recommended when permanent abutments are connected into a fixture.
• A fixed abutment cannot be removed with finger force even after complete removal of the
Abutment Screw, because of perfect cold welding. When the removal of a permanent abutment
is needed, the specially designed Abutment Removal Driver should be used.
Characteristics & Advantages » Ⅲ. Prosthetics
▸▸ How to Retrieve a Permanent Abutment from a Fixture?

Due to extremely strong connection force, we don’t worry about screw loosening. But
when you want to retrieve the abutment from a fixture, you need to use our special
‘removal driver’ with the guidance below.
Hand Driver (1.2 Hex)

(Refer to Page.173)
1 2 3
Abutment
Removal Driver
(Refer to Page.174)
4 5 6
1. Use a Hand Driver(1.2 Hex) to unscrew Abutment Screw.

2. Continue to turn counter-clockwise until you feel a click of disengagement.
3. Push down the Hand Driver once again to catch and fix the Abutment Screw.
4. Lift-up the Hand Driver with light force and continue to turn counter-clockwise until the
Abutment Screw engages with the inner screws on the abutment.
5. Remove the Abutment Screw completely from the abutment
6. Insert an ‘Abutment Removal Driver’ and continue to turn clockwise until the abutment
comes out of fixture. You can feel some resistance during screw-down of the Abutment Re-
moval Driver, but don’t worry, simple exert is needed disconnect the abutment from the fixture.
Characteristics & Advantages » Ⅳ. Maintenance AnyRidge
®
058 /059
Ⅳ. Maintenance
Unique and sturdy design provides a long term stability!
AnyRidge 4.5 x 10mm Company OS

AnyRidge 5.5 x 10mm Company NB
45
Stress Distribution (Fixture-Bone)
Cortical Bone Thickness - 0.8mm
35 Cancellous bone level - D4
1. Heigher cortical bone AnyRidge fixtures do not depend on the cor-
Stress(MPa)
tical25bone for initial stability! Decreased stress
preservation is guaranteed on the cortical bone helps to prevent bone
15
resorption following fixture placement.
5
AnyRidge 4.5 x 10mm Company OS -5

0 2 4 6
AnyRidge 5.5 x 10mm Company NB
Length (mm)
45
Stress Distribution (Fixture-Bone) • More cortical bone
35 Cancellous bone level - D4 = More soft tissue volume
AnyRidge 4.5 x 10mm = Beautiful
Company OS gingival line
Stress(MPa)
25
AnyRidge 5.5 x 10mm
Company
Advanced NB
coronal design allows maximum
45 4.5 x 10mm
AnyRidge Company OS
15
cortical bone preservation around implants.
AnyRidge 5.5 x 10mm CompanyStress
NB Distribution (Fixture-Bone)
Beyond
Cortical Bone Thickness - 0.8mm osseointegration, AnyRidge can
45 35
5
- D4
Cancellous bone level assure a beautiful gingival line by preserving
Stress Distribution (Fixture-Bone) - Round faced and narrow thread design
and maintaining more cortical bone.
Stress(MPa)

35 25Cancellous bone level - D4
-5
Stress(MPa)
25 0 2 4 6
AnyRidge 15 EZ Plus Rescue
Length (mm)
300.0
15 5 analysis to evaluate the fixture-bone stress using
Performed Finite element
250.0 ABAQUS 6.8 -R&D center in MegaGen Implant Co.,Ltd.(2009)-
5 200.0 -5
0 2 4 6
kgf
150.0 - Less insertion torque

-5 100.0
Length (mm) - Excellent initial stabilization
0 2 4 6 - Resistance to compressive force

50.0 - Minimal Shear force creation
Length (mm)
- Higher BIC
0.0
3.5 4.0 6.0 (n=8)
Diameter
- Round faced and narrow thread design
Ridge EZ Plus Rescue

AnyRidge EZ Plus Rescue

- Less insertion torque
300.0
EZ Plus Rescue - Excellent initial stabilization
250.0 - Resistance to compressive force
- Minimal Shear force creation
200.0
- Higher BIC
kgf
3.5 150.0 4.0 6.0 (n=8) - Less insertion torque

Diameter - Excellent initial stabilization
100.0 • A Human Biopsy (2.5 yrs after placement)
- Less insertion torque - Resistance to compressive force
50.0 Theinitial
- Excellent sharp and high
stabilization alveolar crest (yellow arrow)
could be maintained due
to biologydriven
- Resistance to compressiveimplant design.
force BIC With this maintenance of alveolar bone,
- Higher
0.0 the peri-implant marginal gingiva showed almost no recession during 2.5
3.5 4.0 6.0 (n=8)
years of follow-up period, even in the case of limited ridge width.
Diameter - Higher BIC
4.0 6.0 (n=8)
Diameter
Fixture Product & Package » Ⅰ. Dimension
Fixture Product & Package

Ⅰ. Dimension
Relationship between platform diameter

and Bevel diameter
Bevel diameter
Platform diameter
Internal Hex : 2.3mm Platform Bevel
(Same in all fixtures) Diameter Diameter
Ø6.0~Ø8.0 Ø4.0~Ø5.5 Ø3.5

3 different sizes
- 3.5mm fixture : 3.5mm(platform) / 3.8mm(bevel)
- 4.0~5.5mm fixture : 3.5mm(platform) / 4.0mm(bevel)
Widest Thread - 6.0~8.0mm fixture : 5.0mm(platform) / 5.5mm(bevel)
Diameter
Widest thread diameter is
Bevel Diameter 0.5mm wider than fixture size at 3.5mm
0.4mm wider than fixture size at 4.0~8.0mm
*For example
Platform Ø3.5 = Fixture diameter + 0.5mm
Diameter Ø4.0~Ø8.0 = Fixture diameter + 0.4mm
Core diameter
measured at 3.5mm Length
*Actual length of fixture
under the platform Ø3.5~5.5 fixture : 0.8mm shorter than the written length
Ø6.0~8.0 fixture : 0.6mm shorter than the written length
Core Important concept!

It has been proven that 0.5~1.0mm subcrestal placement
shows better crestal bone response.
With AnyRigde system, a fixture goes down to the ideal
position without further drilling avoiding damage to important
anatomic structures.
Female screw
Narrow apical 1.8mm diameter X
0.35mm pitch
Diameter
Ø3.5 : 1.6mm
Ø4.0~5.5 : 1.8mm
Ø6.0~8.0 : 3.0mm
Fixture Diameter
[SEM image]
Fixture Product & Package » Ⅱ. Size AnyRidge
®
060 /061
Ⅱ. Size
Small Ø3.5
Fixture
Diameter (mm)
Length
(mm) Ref.C 4.0
- Cover Screw included.
7 FANIHX3507C
• Availability of 7mm product is subject to local
approval. 8.5 FANIHX3508C
• Europe certified only(CE). Not for Korean domestic 2.8
users. 10 FANIHX3510C L
3.5
11.5 FANIHX3511C
13 FANIHX3513C
3.5
15 FANIHX3515C
Regular Ø4.0
Fixture
Diameter (mm)
Length
(mm) Ref.C 4.4

7 FANIHX4007C
• Availability of 7mm product is subject to local
approval. 8.5 FANIHX4008C 3.3
• Europe certified only(CE). Not for Korean domestic
users. 10 FANIHX4010C L
4.0
11.5 FANIHX4011C
13 FANIHX4013C
4.0
15 FANIHX4015C
Regular Ø4.5
Fixture
Diameter (mm)
Length
(mm) Ref.C 4.9
• Availability of 7mm product is subject to local 7 FANIHX4507C
approval.
8.5 FANIHX4508C
3.3
10 FANIHX4510C L
4.5
11.5 FANIHX4511C
13 FANIHX4513C
15 FANIHX4515C 4.5
Fixture Product & Package » Ⅱ. Size
Ⅱ. Size
Wide Ø5.0
Fixture
Diameter (mm)
Length
(mm) Ref.C
5.4
7 FANIHX5007C
8.5 FANIHX5008C 3.3
10 FANIHX5010C L
5.0
11.5 FANIHX5011C
13 FANIHX5013C
5.0
15 FANIHX5015C
Wide Ø5.5
Fixture
Diameter (mm)
Length
(mm) Ref.C 5.9
7 FANIHX5507C
8.5 FANIHX5508C 3.3
10 FANIHX5510C L
5.5
11.5 FANIHX5511C
13 FANIHX5513C
15 FANIHX5515C 5.5
6.4
Super Wide Ø6.0
Fixture
Diameter (mm)
Length
(mm) Ref.C
7 FALIHX6007C
4.8
8.5 FALIHX6008C
L
6.0 10 FALIHX6010C
11.5 FALIHX6011C
13 FALIHX6013C 6.0
Super Wide Ø6.5

Fixture
Diameter (mm)
Length
(mm) Ref.C
6.9

7 FALIHX6507C
8.5 FALIHX6508C 4.8
L
6.5 10 FALIHX6510C
11.5 FALIHX6511C
13 FALIHX6513C
6.5
Fixture Product & Package » Ⅱ. Size AnyRidge
®
062 /063
7.4
Super Wide Ø7.0
Fixture
Diameter (mm)
Length
(mm) Ref.C
7 FALIHX7007C
4.8
8.5 FALIHX7008C
L
7.0 10 FALIHX7010C
11.5 FALIHX7011C
13 FALIHX7013C
7.0
Super Wide Ø7.5

Fixture
Diameter (mm)
Length
(mm) Ref.C
7.9

7 FALIHX7507C
8.5 FALIHX7508C 4.8
L
7.5 10 FALIHX7510C
11.5 FALIHX7511C
13 FALIHX7513C
7.5
Super Wide Ø8.0 Fixture Length 8.4

Diameter (mm) (mm) Ref.C
7 FALIHX8007C
4.8
8.5 FALIHX8008C
L
8.0 10 FALIHX8010C
11.5 FALIHX8011C
13 FALIHX8013C 8.0
Fixture Product & Package » Ⅲ. Package
Ⅲ. Package
- Ampule
Upper cover Ampule was designed to opened with
: access to fixture one hand for the convenience!
Handpiece Connector
Perfectly matches with
Fixture Fixture pick-up the internal connection of
a fixture : No accidental
dropping!
Lower cover
: access to Cover Screw
Hexagon connection of
AnyRidge Fixture
®
Cover Screw Cover Screw pick-up
- Coding
Different color means

different diameter
3.5mm
Product name
Small
Ø3.5/ L=10 Size 4.0mm

Mount-Free Ø = Fixture diameter
4.5mm
(With Cover Screw) Regular
L = Length
FANHIX3510C 2014-05-13
5.0mm
123456789-01 2019-05-12
5.5mm
MODEL
NAME FANIHX3510 001 Wide
Do not reuse Do not resterilize Rx Only 6.0mm

Super 6.5mm
Caution Consult Do not use Wide 7.0mm
Instructions
for use
if package
is damaged rev.01 7.5mm
Implamedic a. Ltd.
Fabijoni skiu 39 - 45, Vilnius LT-07120 , Lithuan ia
8.0mm
Tel: +370 6 1237426
MegaGen Implant Co., Ltd.
472 Hanjanggun-ro Jain-myeon
Gyeongsan-si Gyeongsangbuk-do
Korea Repulbic of 712-852
Cover Screw & Healing Abutment AnyRidge 064 /065
®
Cover Screw & Healing Abutment
Cover Screw Height (mm) Ref.C

Height
* Included in the fixture package. 0.8 AANCSF3508
• Use with a Hand Driver(1.2 Hex). 1.6 AANCSF3516
• Used for submerged type surgery.
• Protects the inner structure of a fixture. 2.6 AANCSF3526
• Different heights can be chosen according to the
position of fixture below the crest.
• 1.6mm and 2.6mm height of Cover Screw can
be purchased separately.
Healing Abutment Profile

Diameter
Height
(mm) Ref.C
Profile
Diameter
Height
(mm) Ref.C
• Use with a Hand Driver(1.2 Hex). 3 AANHAF0403 3 AANHAF0703

• Used for non-submerged type surgery or for two
4 AANHAF0404 4 AANHAF0704
stage surgery.
• Choose appropriate diameter and height of Heal- Ø4.0 5 AANHAF0405 Ø7.0 5 AANHAF0705
ing Abutment according to situation.
• Helps to form suitable emergence profile during 6 AANHAF0406 6 AANHAF0706
period of gingival healing.
P.D
Ø5.0 5 AANHAF0505 Ø8.0 5 AANHAF0805

H
Platform 7 AANHAF0507 7 AANHAF0807
level
Ø6.0 5 AANHAF0605 Ø10.0 5 AANHAF1005
Abutment & Prosthetic Options » Ⅰ. Fixture Level Prosthesis
Abutment & Prosthetic Options

Ⅰ. Fixture Level Prosthesis
Zirconia Abutment Gold Abutment CCM Abutment EZ Post Milling Abutment Angled Abutment Extra EZ Post
Temporary Abutment [Metal] Fuse Abutment
Lab Analog
Transfer Impression Impression Coping [Transfer] Impression Coping [Pick-Up]

Coping Driver
Refer to Page.176
Cover Screw Healing Abutment
Abutment
Removel Driver
(Refer to Page.174)
Abutment & Prosthetic Options » Ⅰ. Fixture Level Prosthesis AnyRidge
®
066 /067
➲ Impression Copings
Impression Coping Profile Height

Diameter (mm) Type Ref.C
(Transfer Type) 12 AANITH4012T

Ø4.0
(For Closed-tray Technique) 16 AANITH4016T
2-Piece
• Streamlined shape ; easy to transfer. 12 AANITH5012T 16
Ø5.0 12
• Anti-rotation grooves match with hex structure of fixtures.
16 AANITH5016T
• Should be tightened with Impression Driver 3
(Page.176) 12 AANITH4012HT Platform
• Special impression coping screw which can be Ø4.0 2-Piece level
used with a 1.2mm hex driver is available on 16 AANITH4016HT
Hand
request. 12 driver AANITH5012HT P.D
(1.2 Hex)
Ø5.0
16 AANITH5016HT

(Transfer Type) Ø4.0

12 AANITN4012
(For Closed-tray Technique) 16 AANITN4016 16

1-Piece 12
• Should be tightened with Impression Driver 12 AANITN5012
(Page.176) Ø5.0
• Special impression coping screw which can be 16 AANITN5016
used with a 1.2mm hex driver is available on 12 AANITN4012H
request. Ø4.0 1-Piece
16 AANITN4016H
Hand
12 driver AANITN5012H P.D
(1.2 Hex)
Ø5.0
16 AANITN5016H

(Pick-up Type) 12 AANIPH4012T
(For Open-tray Technique) 16 AANIPH4016T

Ø4.0
- Guide Pins : AANGPP0010 (7mm : Short) / 12 AANIPN4012T
AANGPP0015 (12mm : Long) / AANGPP0020 16
(20mm : Extra-long) 16 AANIPN4016T
2-Piece 12
• Square structure ; strong anti - rotation function. 7 AANIPH5007T 7
• Designed for easy and accurate pick-up impression.
• Extra-long guide pin can be purchased separately. 12 AANIPH5012T
Ø5.0 Platform
level
7 AANIPN5007T
12 AANIPN5012T P.D
➲ Lab Analog & Temporary Abutments
Lab Analog Type Color Ref.C
(Fixture Level) Basic Blue AANLAF4055

• All sizes of fixtures have a uniform connection.
• Only one fixture analog is sufficient.
(Exceptional case)
Hex Non-Hex
Temporary Abutment Profile Cuff Height

(Titanium) Hex AANTMH4012T 10

Ø4.0 2
- Multi Post Screw(AANMSF) included. Non-Hex AANTMN4012T
• For making provisional restoration.
• Grooved on the post allows strong resin adher- 2
ence. Platform
level
Ø4.0
Fuse Abutment
Diameter
Labio-
lingual
Mesio-
distal
C.H
(mm)
P.H
(mm) Type Ref.C Milling
- Straight, 15°, 25° ; Multi Post Screw(AANMSF) Ø5.0

included + Fuse Cap included. Ø5.5 5.5 Straight AFAP5535P
- Milling ; Multi Post Screw(AANMSF) included. 15° 25°
Ø5.5 3 15° AFAA5315P
Ø4.5 7
P.H 11
25° AFAA5325P
Ø5.0 1 11 Milling AANTAH5012T C.H

1
Platform
level
Hex Hex
Mesio- Mesio-
distal distal
Labio-lingual Labio-lingual
®
068 /069
Fuse Abutment™
Why ‘Fuse Abutment’ is the essential partner for a temporary crown?
Various Angle :
Straight 15° 25°
Design concept of
Similar to a
customized abutment
Fuse Abutment™ for excellent esthetics!
Perfect margin fit

with a prosthetic cap
Scalloped outline
S-line
Mesio-distal
Labio-lingual
Elliptical Occlusal view

like a natural tooth
Rationale of In 1992, Brunski JB. reported that the implant was placed securely into adequate density of
Fuse Abutment™ may has a higher possibility of fibrointergra- bone without defect. First, AnyRidge implants
tion than osseointegration between bone and were placed into the internationally recog-
Micro-movement test of implant implant surface when movements of more nized standard bone block with more 40Ncm
than100um occur on the fixture during os- torque force and an abutment was connect-
0.5
seointegration period. (John B. Brunski, Bio- ed on each implant. Instron equipment was
0.4 Fuse D1 mechanical factors affecting the bone-dental used to measure the force to move a fixture
Displacement(mm)
Abutment
0.3
area D2
implant interface. Clinical Materials, Vol. 10, 100μm. The average force was 220N (22.4
D3
153-201) Therefore, the implant was needed kgf). Therefore, if the new temporary abut-
0.2
to protected not to move when immediate ment can be fractur under this force, it might
D4
0.1
loading is carried out. However, it is not easy protect the fixture from movement or failure.
to manage loading on the fixture, even when
we used a resin temporarily with a titanium
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
Force(N)
Performed compressive strength test to evaluate the micro movement for cylinder. It was thought that it was partly be-
bone density using universal testing machine cause of the metal component of temporary
-R&D center in Megagen Implant Co.,Ltd.(2012)-
cylinder, which can deliver excessive forces
Compressive strength test of Fuse Abutment to the fixture. This was one of the reasons
which made clinicians hesitate the immedi-
250 ate loading procedure. So it was necessary
Compressive strength(N)
200 to develop a special temporary cylinder. It

150
should have been broken under the force
Average < 180N which could lead fibrointegration or failure of From this experiment, we could developed a
100
osseointegration to protect the fixture. and it special temporary abutment which has lower
Specimen 1
Specimen 2
would be preferred if it was easy to make a fracture threshold of less than 200 N (20.4
50 Specimen 3
Specimen 4
0 1 2
Specimen 5
temporary crown on this particular temporary kgf). It was named as Fuse Abutment. Also it
Displacement(mm) cylinder. We tried to measure the force caus- has an anatomic profiles to make temporary
Performed compressive strength test to evaluate the yield strength for
Fuse Abutment using universal testing machine
ing movement of 100μm on a fixture which prosthetics more esthetic.
-R&D center in Megagen Implant Co.,Ltd.(2012)-
➲ Abutment Options
Hex Non-Hex
EZ Post
- Multi Post Screw(AANMSF/AANMST) included.
P.H
• Use with a Hand Driver (1.2 Hex).
• Esthetic gold coloring.
• Two different post heights. (5.5, 7.0mm)
• Four different profile diameters. C.H
(Ø4.0, 5.0, 6.0, 7.0)
Platform
• Four different cuff heights. (2.0, 3.0, 4.0, level
5.0mm)
P.D
Profile Cuff Post Type Ref.C Profile Cuff Post Type Ref.C
Diameter Height(mm) Height(mm) Diameter Height(mm) Height(mm)
2 AANEPH4025L 2 AANEPH6025L
5.5 5.5
Ø4.0 Hex Ø6.0 Hex
7 7
2 AANEPN4025L 2 AANEPN6025L
5.5 5.5
Ø4.0 Non-Hex Ø6.0 Non-Hex
7 7
5.5 5.5
Ø5.0 Hex Ø7.0 Hex
7 7
5.5 5.5
Ø5.0 Non-Hex Ø7.0 Non-Hex
7 7
®
070 /071
Hex Non-Hex
UCLA Abutment Profile Cuff

Post
Diameter Height(mm) Height(mm)
Type Ref.C
(Gold) Ø4.0 1 11
Hex AANGAH4012L
P.H
- Multi Post Screw(AANMSF/AANMST) included. Non-Hex AANGAN4012L
• Useful to make a customized abutment in dif-
ficult situations. C.H
• Precious and non-precious alloys. Platform
level
• Melting point of gold alloy : 1400 - 1450℃
P.D
• Threaded sleeves for convenient Resin / Wax-up.
Hex
Zirconia Abutment Profile Cuff
Post
Type Ref.C
- Multi Post Screw(AANMSF/AANMST) included. Ø4.0 AANZAH4012L

1 11 Hex P.H
• For aesthetic use. Ø5.0 AANZAH5012L
• Natural white color with pre-sintered zirconia
sleeve. C.H
• Presinpered Zircornia Abutment. Platform
level
• Preparable at the chair side with a diamond bur. P.D
Milling Abutment Profile Cuff Post

Diameter Height(mm) Height(mm) Ref.C
- Multi Post Screw(AANMSF/AANMST) included. 2 AANMAH4029L
• Long post enables easier customization from
3 AANMAH4039L
milling. Ø4.0 9
4 AANMAH4049L
5 AANMAH4059L
2 AANMAH5029L
P.H
3 AANMAH5039L
Ø5.0 9
4 AANMAH5049L C.H
5 AANMAH5059L Platform
level
2 AANMAH6029L P.D
3 AANMAH6039L
Ø6.0 9
4 AANMAH6049L
5 AANMAH6059L
2 AANMAH7029L
3 AANMAH7039L
Ø7.0 9
4 AANMAH7049L
5 AANMAH7059L
➲ Abutment Options (Continued)
Hex-E Hex
Angled Abutment 15° 25° 15° 25°
- Multi Post Screw(AANMSF/AANMST) included.
• Two different angulations. (15°, 25°)

P.H
• Four different profile diameters.
(Ø4.0, 5.0, 6.0, 7.0)
• Four different cuff heights. (2, 3, 4, 5mm)
• Can cover 12 different directions. C.H
[six to the surface(Hex), six to the edge of Platform
hex(Hex-E)] level
• Esthetic gold coloring.
• Minimized screw head length needs minimum
P.D
height to prevent milling problems.
Profile Cuff Post Profile Cuff Post

Diameter Height(mm) Height(mm) Type Angle Ref.C Diameter Height(mm) Height(mm) Type Angle Ref.C
2 AANAAH4215L 2 AANAAH6215L
Hex Hex
15° 15°
2 AANAAE4215L 2 AANAAE6215L
Hex-E Hex-E
Ø4.0 7 Ø6.0 7
Hex Hex
25° 25°
Hex-E Hex-E
Hex Hex
15° 15°
Hex-E Hex-E
Ø5.0 7 Ø7.0 7
Hex Hex
25° 25°
Hex-E Hex-E
®
072 /073
CCM Abutment Post Hex Non-Hex

Profile Cuff
Diameter Height(mm) Height(mm) Type Ref.C
- Multi Post Screw(AANMSF/AANMST) included. Hex AANCAH4012L
Ø4.0 1 11
• Useful to make a customized abutment in dif- Non-Hex AANCAN4012L
ficult situations. P.H
• Can be casted with non-precious alloys(Ni-Cr,
Cr-Co alloys).
• Non-precious melting temperature : Depend on C.H
Platform
Manufacturer level
• Threaded sleeves for convenient Resin /
P.D
Wax-up.
• Melting temperature of CCM : 1380 - 1420℃
Extra EZ Post Profile

Diameter
Cuff Post
Height(mm) Height(mm) Ref.C
- Multi Post Screw(AANMSF/AANMST) included. Ø4.5 AANEEH4517L P.H
• Only when satisfactory emergence profile can- Ø5.5 1 7 AANEEH5517L
not be obtained due to thin gingiva or shallow
positioned fixture. Ø6.5 AANEEH6517L C.H
Platform
• Useful when fixture is exposed over the gum line. level
P.D
Lab Analog for Profile Diameter Color Ref.C
Extra EZ Post Ø3.5 Magenta AANLAF35

• AANLAF35 used for AANEEH4517. Ø4.0 ~ Ø5.5 Blue AANLAF4055
• AANLAF4055 used for AANEEH5517.
• AANLAF6080 used for AANEEH6517. Ø6.0 ~ Ø8.0 Yellow AALLAF6080
Abutment & Prosthetic Options » Ⅱ. Abutment Level Prosthesis
Ⅱ. Abutment Level Prosthesis

1. Solid Abutment & Components
Burn-out Cylinder
Lab Analog
Comfort Cap Snap Impression Coping
Solid Driver Solid Abutment
Hand Driver
(1.2 Hex)
Abutment & Prosthetic Options » Ⅱ. Abutment Level Prosthesis AnyRidge
®
074 /075
➲ Solid Abutment Option
Solid Abutment
• Used in cement retained restoration only.
• Solid Abutment should be placed into patient’s
P.H
mouth before taking impression.
• Onebody (screw + abutment)
• Should be tightened with a Solid Driver and a
Torque Wrench : 35Ncm C.H
• Four different profile diameters. (Ø4.0/5.0/6.0/7.0) Platform
level
- Should be tightened with special Solid Driver.
- Wider profile has bigger post angulation.
(4mm - 8°, 5mm - 10°, 6mm - 12°, 7mm - 14°)
• Four different cuff heights. (2/3/4/5mm)
P.D
• Three different post heights. (4/5.5/7mm)

Diameter Height(mm) Height(mm) Ref.C Diameter Height(mm) Height(mm) Ref.C
2 AANSAL4024 2 AANSAL6024
4 4
Ø4.0 3 AANSAL4035 Ø6.0 3 AANSAL6035

5.5 5.5
7 7
4 4
Ø5.0 5.5 Ø7.0 5.5
7 7
➲ Components for Solid Abutment
Snap Impression Coping Profile Diameter Ref.C

• For impression on Solid Abutments.
• 3 colors for different post heights. AANSIF440
• 4 different diameters for profile diameters.
(Ø4, 5, 6, 7)
Ø4.0 AANSIF455
• Do not use when abutment is trimmed.
AANSIF470
AANSIF540
Ø5.0 AANSIF555
AANSIF570
AANSIF640
Ø6.0 AANSIF655
AANSIF670
AANSIF740
Ø7.0 AANSIF755
AANSIF770
7
P.D
Comfort Cap Profile Diameter Post Height(mm) Ref.C
• Protects the Solid Abutment and minimizes irrita- 4 AANCCF440

tion to tongue and oral mucosa.
• Can be applied under temporary prosthetics. Ø4.0 5.5 AANCCF455
• Color coded according to post heights.
7 AANCCF470
4 AANCCF540
Ø5.0 5.5 AANCCF555
7 AANCCF570
4 AANCCF640
Ø6.0 5.5 AANCCF655
7 AANCCF670
4 AANCCF740
P.H
Ø7.0 5.5 AANCCF755
7 AANCCF770 P.D
®
076 /077
Solid Lab Analog Profile Diameter Height(mm) Ref.C
• Directly connected to the Snap Impression Coping 4 AANSLF440

in the impression to make a stone model.
Ø4.0 5.5 AANSLF455
7 AANSLF470
4 AANSLF540
H
Ø5.0 5.5 AANSLF555
7 AANSLF570
4 AANSLF640
Ø6.0 5.5 AANSLF655
7 AANSLF670
P.D
4 AANSLF740
Ø7.0 5.5 AANSLF755
7 AANSLF770
Burn-out Cylinder Profile Diameter Type Ref.C
• Fits with a Lab Analog(solid level). Ø4.0 AANBCB470

• Easy to wax-up and accurate casting.
• White Cylinder foar multiple unit. Ø5.0 AANBCB570
• Red Cylinder for single crown. Multiple
Ø6.0 AANBCB670
Ø7.0 AANBCB770
Ø4.0 AANBCS470
Ø5.0 AANBCS570
Single
Ø6.0 AANBCS670 P.D
Ø7.0 AANBCS770

2. Octa Abutment & Components
Octa Gold Cylinder Octa Plastic Cylinder Octa CCM Cylinder Octa EZ Post Cylinder
Octa Temporary Cylinder
Octa Lab Analog
Octa Impression Coping Octa Impression Coping

[Transfer] [Pick-Up]
Octa Abutment Octa Healing Cap

®
078 /079
➲ Octa Abutment & Components
P.D
Octa Abutment Profile Diameter Cuff Height Ref.C

(mm)
C.H
• Used in manufacturing multiple screw-retained 1 AANOAF4010
Platform
prosthetics. level
• Compatible with Strauman’s Octa Abutment system.
2 AANOAF4020
• Use an Octa Abutment Driver : 35Ncm Ø4.0 3 AANOAF4030
• Maximum path angle : 70˚
4 AANOAF4040
5 AANOAF4050
1 AANOAF0010
2 AANOAF0020 35° 35°
Ø5.0 3 AANOAF0030
4 AANOAF0040 Ø4.0 Ø5.0 Ø6.0
5 AANOAF0050
C.H
1 AANOAF6010
Platform
2 AANOAF6020 level
Ø6.0 3 AANOAF6030
4 AANOAF6040
5 AANOAF6050
Octa Healing Cap Profile Diameter Ref.C
& Octa Cylinder Cap Ø4.0 AANOHC4000T
- Cylinder Screw(IRCS200) included. Ø5.0 IHC400T

• Protects Octa Abutment and minimizes irritation Ø6.0 AANOHC6000T
to tongue and oral mucosa. P.D
Octa Non-Octa
Octa Impression Profile Height

Octa Non-Octa
Coping (Transfer) 7.5

Octa AAOITO4010T
- Guide Pin included. Non-Octa AAOITN4010T

Ø4.0
Octa AAOITO4012T Ø4.0
• Should be tightened with Impression Driver 9.5
Non-Octa AAOITN4012T Octa Non-Octa 2.5
(Page.176) Octa Non-Octa
• Special impression coping screw which can be Octa AAOITO5010T
used with a 1.2mm hex driver is available on 7.5
Non-Octa AAOITN5010T 7.5 9.5
request. Ø5.0
Octa AAOITO5012T
9.5
Non-Octa AAOITN5012T Ø5.0 Ø5.0
Octa AAOITO6010T Octa Non-Octa
7.5 Octa Non-Octa
Non-Octa AAOITN6010T
Ø6.0
Octa AAOITO6012T
9.5
Non-Octa AAOITN6012T
Ø6.0
➲ Components for Octa Abutment
Octa Non-Octa
Octa Non-Octa
Octa Impression Profile Height

12
Coping (Pick-Up) 10.0
Octa AAOIPO4010T
10
- Guide Pin included. Non-Octa AAOIPN4010T

Ø4.0
Octa AAOIPO4012T Ø4.0
12.0 Octa Non-Octa
Non-Octa AAOIPN4012T Octa Non-Octa
Octa AAOIPO5010T
10.0
Non-Octa AAOIPN5010T
Ø5.0
Octa AAOIPO5012T
12.0 Ø5.0
Octa AAOIPO6010T Octa Non-Octa

Octa Non-Octa
10.0
Ø6.0
Octa AAOIPO6012T
12.0
Ø6.0
3.8 4.8 5.8

Octa Lab Analog Profile Diameter Ref.C
Ø3.8 AANOLA4000
Ø4.8 IOA300
Ø5.8 AANOLA6000
Octa Temporary Profile Type

Diameter
Ref.C
Cylinder Ø4.0
Octa AANOTCO4010T
Octa Non-Octa Octa Non-Octa Octa Non-Octa
- Cylinder Screw(IRCS200) included. Non-octa AANOTCN4010T

Octa AANOTCO5010T
Ø5.0
Non-octa AANOTCN5010T
Octa AANOTCO6010T
Ø6.0 Ø4.0 Ø5.0 Ø6.0
Octa EZ Post Profile Post

Type Ref.C Octa Non-Octa
Diameter Height(mm)
Cylinder 5.5
Octa
AAOECO4005T
5.5
7.0
7.0 AAOECO4007T
- Cylinder Screw(IRCS200) included. Ø4.0
5.5 AAOECN4005T Ø4.0
Non-Octa
7.0 AAOECN4007T
Octa Non-Octa
5.5 AAOECO5005T
Octa
7.0 AAOECO5007T
Ø5.0
5.5 AAOECN5005T
Non-Octa Ø5.0
7.0 AAOECN5007T
Octa Non-Octa
5.5 AAOECO6005T
Octa
7.0 AAOECO6007T
Ø6.0
5.5 AAOECN6005T
Non-Octa
®
080 /081
Octa Gold Cylinder

Profile
Diameter Type Ref.C Octa Non-Octa
- Cylinder Screw(IRCS200) included. Octa AANGCO4000T

Ø4.0
• For customizing abutment for screw retained multi- Non-octa AANGCN4000T 12
unit restoration.
• Available in both octa(red) and non-octa(white). Octa IOGO100T
Ø5.0
Non-octa IOGN100T
• Threaded sleeves allow a better retention of resin or wax. Ø4.0
• Available in three diameters (Ø4.0, 5.0, 6.0). Octa AANGCO6000T
• Recommend torque : 30Ncm Ø6.0 Octa Non-Octa Octa Non-Octa
Non-octa AANGCN6000T
Ø5.0 Ø6.0
Octa CCM Cylinder

Profile
Diameter Type Ref.C
Octa Non-Octa
- Cylinder Screw(IRCS200) included.

Octa AANCCO4000T
• Threaded sleeves allow a better retention of resin Ø4.0
Non-octa AANCCN4000T 12
or wax.
• Available in both octa (pink) and non-octa (yellow) Octa AANCCO5000T
and three diameters (Ø4.0, 5.0, 6.0). Ø5.0
• Recommend torque : 30Ncm Non-octa AANCCN5000T
• Can be casted with non-precious alloys (Ni-Cr, Ø4.0
Octa AANCCO6000T
Cr-Co alloys). Ø6.0
Non-octa AANCCN6000T Octa Non-Octa Octa Non-Octa
Ø5.0 Ø6.0
Octa Plastic Cylinder

Profile
Diameter Type Ref.C
Octa Non-Octa
- Cylinder Screw(IRCS200) included. Octa AAOTCO4010T

Ø4.0
• Economical option. Non-octa AAOTCN4010T 10
• Used for customizing abutment a screw retained
multi-unit restorations. Octa IOPH100T
• Available in both octa (red) and non-octa (white)
Ø5.0
Non-octa IOPN100T Ø4.0
• Threaded sleeves allow a better retention of resin
or wax. Octa AAOTCO6010T Octa Non-Octa Octa Non-Octa
Ø6.0
Non-octa AAOTCN6010T
Ø5.0 Ø6.0

3. Multi-unit Abutment & Components
(All-on-Four)
Multi-unit Multi-unit Multi-unit Multi-unit

EZ Post Cylinder Gold Cylinder CCM Cylinder Plastic Cylinder
Multi-unit
Temporary Cylinder
Multi-unit
Lab Analog
Multi-unit Multi-unit
Impression Coping Impression Coping
[Transfer] [Pick-Up]
Multi-unit Abutment Multi-unit Angled Abutment Multi-unit Angled Abutment Multi-unit

[Straight] [17°] [29°] Healing Cap
®
082 /083
Multi-unit Abutment™
The solution for the edentulous patients
Multi-unit Abutment
Prosthetics
compatibillity Design Concept
3i Multi-unit Abutment
Regular Abutment
(MegaGen) MegaGen IMPLANT develops the special
Various Cuffs abutment named as Multi-unit Abutment,
Straight Type : 2, 3, 4, 5mm which can be the solution for the edentulous
Angled Type : 1, 2, 3, 4mm Various Angles patients. With 4 fixtures placed into patient’s
Straight, 17°, 29° ridge and a hybrid denture on those four fix-
tures, a patient can recover his or her dental
condition almost completely. In most cases,
Multi-unit Abutments work in a set of 2 x
straight type abutment for anterior position
and 2 x angled type abutment on posterior
position.
Features
You could see how Multi-unit Abutment functions and what benefits you could get from Multi-unit Abutment are as the followings:
• 2 fixtures which are slantly implanted on posterior position are osseointegrated with cancellous bone. These fixtures function as dispersing
vertical load on alveolar bone.
• Multi-unit Abutment is only 4 fixtures + 4 abutments. It means that dental surgeon has enough places for surgery. Therefore, it will be easy
to find and place 4 fixtures into ridge where abundant cancellous bone exists.
• A doctor can use graft bone material if a patient dosen’t have enough alveolar bone. However, the slantly placed fixtures can overcome the patient’s
insufficient bone by getting good holding strength with this angulation.
• In addition, these angulated fixtures can avoid touching important anatomies, such as mandibular nerve and maxillary sinus.
Doctor’s Benefits
Doctor can enjoy Multi-unit Abutment’s ben-

efits described as below:
• Retrievability means that doctor can change

or retrieve the final prosthetics easily.
• Two types of angulation: 17˚, 29˚. It means
that doctor has various options to angle.
• Various cuff heights (1~5): Doctor can have
flexiblily on the depth of fixture placement.
• MegaGen’s Multi-unit Abutment is perfectly
compatible with the prosthetic components of
Multi-unit Abutment of 3i implant, and Regular
Abutment of MegaGen’s Exfeel External system.
➲ Multi-unit Abutment
Multi-unit Angled Cuff Height (mm) Type Ref.C
Abutment (17°) 1.0 AANMUH50117L
2.0 AANMUH50217L C.H

- Multi Post Screw(MUMSF/MUMST)
Hex
included. 3.0 AANMUH50317L Hex
Ø5.0
4.0 AANMUH50417L
1.0 AANMUN50117L
2.0 AANMUN50217L Non-Hex

Non-Hex
3.0 AANMUN50317L
4.0 AANMUN50417L
Abutment (29°) 1.0 AANMUH50129L
- Multi Post Screw(MUMSF/MUMST) 2.0 AANMUH50229L

C.H
Hex
included. 3.0 AANMUH50329L Hex
4.0 AANMUH50429L Ø5.0
1.0 AANMUN50129L
2.0 AANMUN50229L Non-Hex

Non-Hex
3.0 AANMUN50329L
4.0 AANMUN50429L
Multi-unit Cuff Height (mm) Type Ref.C
Abutment (Straight) 2.0 AANMUH5020T

C.H
- Multi-unit Abutment Screw included. 3.0 AANMUH5030T
Hex
4.0 AANMUH5040T Hex
• Use with Multi-unit Driver. Ø5.0
5.0 AANMUH5050T
2.0 AANMUN5020T
3.0 AANMUN5030T Non-Hex

Non-Hex
4.0 AANMUN5040T
5.0 AANMUN5050T
®
084 /085
➲ Components for Multi-unit Abutment
Multi-unit Lab Analog Profile Diameter Ref.C
Ø4.8 RELA300
4.8
Hex Non-Hex
Multi-unit
Profile
Diameter Type Ref.C
Temporary Cylinder Ø4.8

Hex ETH100T
- Cylinder Screw (TASH140) included Non-Hex ETN100T
4.8
Multi-unit
Hex Non-Hex
Profile
Diameter Type Ref.C
EZ Post Cylinder Hex RCA900T

- Cylinder Screw (TASH140) included Ø5.0
Non-Hex RCA800T
5.0
Multi-unit Profile Diameter Ref.C
Healing Cap Ø5.0 REC600

5.0
Non-Hex
Multi-unit Impression Profile Diameter Ref.C
Coping (Transfer) Ø4.8 RITE480
4.8
➲ Components for Multi-unit Abutment (Continued)
Multi-unit Height (mm) Type Ref.C

Hex Non-Hex
Impressin Coping Hex RIEH480T

9.4
9.4
(Pick-Up) Non-Hex RIEN480T
- Guide Pin (RICG150) included
Multi-unit Gold Cylinder

Profile
Diameter Sleeve Color Ref.C
Hex Non-Hex
- Cylinder Screw (TASH140) included Red REGC200T

Ø5.0
• Useful to make a customized abutment in difficult
White REGC100T
situations.
• Precious and non-precious alloys.
• Threaded sleeves for convenient Resin / Wax-up. 5.0
Multi-unit CCM Cylinder

Profile
- Cylinder Screw (TASH140) included Pink RCA5013HT Hex Non-Hex
Ø4.8
Yellow RCA5013NT
situations.
• Can be casted with non-precious alloys
(Ni-Cr, Cr-Co alloys).
• Non-precious melting temperature : Depends on
Manufacturer
• Threaded sleeves for convenient Resin / Wax-up. 4.8
Hex Non-Hex
Multi-unit Plastic
Profile
Cylinder Red RPEH100T

Ø5.2
- Cylinder Screw (TASH140) included
White RPEN100T
5.2
®
086 /087

4. Flat Abutment & Components
: The main advantage of this Flat Abutment is the freedom on angulation.
Flat Abutment can cover any angulation problems.
: Only for multiple (Cannot be used for single implant)
: Only with screw-fixated type of prosthetics.
Flat EZ Post Cylinder Flat Gold Cylinder Flat CCM Cylinder Flat Plastic Cylinder
Flat Temporary Cylinder
Flat Lab Analog
Flat Impression Coping Flat Impression Coping

(Transfer) (Pick-Up)
Flat Healing Abutment Flat Cover Screw Flat Abutment

➲ Flat Abutment & Components
Flat Abutment Profile Diameter Cuff Height

(mm) Ref.C
1 AANFAL3510
2 AANFAL3520 C.H
Ø3.5 3 AANFAL3530
4 AANFAL3540 3.5
5 AANFAL3550
Flat Cover Screw Profile Diameter Ref.C 3.5
1
Ø3.5 FCS3510
Flat Healing Abutment Height(mm) Ref.C
2 FHA402
H
3 FHA403
4 FHA404
Flat Impression Coping Profile

Diameter Height (mm) Ref.C
9.5
(Transfer) Ø3.5 9.5 FIT4012T
- Guide Pin (FGPT) included.
3.5
• Should be tightened with Impression Driver
(Page.176)
• Special impression coping screw which can be
used with a 1.2mm hex driver is available on
request.

(Pick-Up)
Ø3.5 12 FIP4012T 12
- Guide pin (FGPP15) included.
3.5
Flat Lab Analog Profile

12
Ø3.5 12 FLA3512
3.5
®
088 /089
Flat Temporary Cylinder Profile Diameter Ref.C
- Flat Cylinder Screw (FAS) included. Ø4.0 FTC4012T
4.0
Flat EZ Post Cylinder Height (mm) Ref.C

- Flat Cylinder Screw (FAS) included.
5.5 FEC4005T H
7.0 FEC4007T
Flat Gold Cylinder Profile Diameter Ref.C
- Flat Cylinder Screw (FAS) included. Ø3.8 FGC4012T

situations.
3.8
Flat CCM Cylinder Profile Diameter Ref.C

Ø3.8 FCC4012T
situations.
• Can be casted with non-precious alloys (Ni-Cr,
Cr-Co alloys).
• Non-precious melting temperature : Depend on
Manufacturer 3.8
Flat Plastic Cylinder Profile Diameter Ref.C

Ø4.0 FPC4012T
4.0
Abutment & Prosthetic Options » Ⅲ. Overdenture Level Prosthesis
Ⅲ. Overdenture Level Prosthesis

1. Meg-Rhein Abutment & Components
Retentive Cap set
Lab Analog
Impression Coping
Meg-Rhein Abutment
Abutment & Prosthetic Options » Ⅲ. Overdenture Level Prosthesis AnyRidge
®
090 /091
➲ Meg-Rhein Abutment Options
Meg-Rhein Package Cuff Height (mm) Ref.C 8.8
- 1 Meg-Rhein Abutment 0 ADR00P

- 1 Plastic Carrier
- 1 Stainless Steel Housing 1.0 ADR01P
- 3 Retentive Caps (Black, Yellow, Pink) C.H
2.0 ADR02P
• Perfect compatibility with the Rhein83 from Italy.
3.0 ADR03P
• Recommend torque ; 35Ncm.
4.0 ADR04P
5.0 ADR05P Pin

Ye kC
6.0 ADR06P Bl
ac llo ap
M St k w
Ca
wi eg- Ho ain Ca p
th Rh us les p
a P ei ing s S
las n A te
el
tic bu
Ca tme
rri nt
er
Overdenture System
Advantages
1. Small & Easy-to-Use Housing 2. Tilting Angle & Various Retentive 3. Low Reduction Rate & Uniform
System Caps of the Meg-Rhein Variance of Retentive Force
Before After (1,000cycles)

4.4mm 100
2.1mm 30º 80
27%
38% 37%
49%
Meg-Rhein 73
60 63
62
51
40
5.5mm
20
2.25mm
0
Product K & L Meg-Rhein Product K Product L Product P
3
Retentive force (kg)
5.2mm 2
R2=0.85
2.3mm
1
Product P
0
1,000 Cycles
*With a proven ltalian techology, Yellow Pink White Violet
(0.6kg) (1.2kg) (1.8kg) (2.7kg) R2(Coefficient of determination) becomes more reliable
they are smaller and more convenient * Seperate purchase available when it is close to “1”.
then other products. upon request
Abutment & Prosthetic Options » Ⅲ. Overdenture Level Prosthesis
➲ Components for Meg-Rhein Abutment
4 Retentive Caps (White) Ref.C
• White cap(1.8kg) - For refill (4ea/pack).

140CET
• Can be used for more retentive force following pink
cap(1.2kg).
4 Retentive Caps (Violet) Ref.C
• Violet cap(2.7kg) - For refill (4ea/pack). 140CEV

• Can be used for more retentive force following
white cap(1.8kg).
2 Stainless Steel Ref.C
Housing 141CAE
• 2ea/pack
Stainless Impression Ref.C
Coping (Pick-Up) 044CAIN

5.5
• 2ea/pack.
• Italy - Rhein 83 products.
• For accurate (pick-up type) impression.
• Metal with groove design to prevent from swaying.
Abutment & Prosthetic Options » Ⅲ. Overdenture Level Prosthesis AnyRidge
®
092 /093
Meg-Rhein Ref.C
Lab Analog PLA
• Retentive Cap removal tool.
Retentive Cap Ref.C
Removal Tool 091EC

90
Retentive Cap Ref.C
Insertion Tool 085IAC 83

• Retentive Cap insertion tool.
40
Clinical Cases
AnyRidge Clinical Case

➲ Clinical Case 1
- Courtesy of Dr. Kwang-Bum Park
AnyRidge implant can make excellent initial stability even at this extremely loose bone.
Fig 1. This 52 year-old male patient lost his

maxillary left first molar due to periodontitis
during implant treatment for other teeth.
The panoramic radiograph was taken about
one month after extraction, and a large
extraction socket defect was expected.
On the clinical examination, the inter-arch
space for future crowns was very limited
due to large tuberosity, so it was planned to
remove bone and soft tissue from this sites
(red line on panoramic view). The remaining
vertical height was about 7~8 mm under
the sinus floor.
Fig 2. Two parallel incision lines were made
on the crest expecting the soft tissue
amount after reducing the crestal
dimension. There was no buccal plate
remaining on the extraction socket of the
first molar area.
Fig 3. During the procedure to make an
ideal shape of alveolar ridge, all the
cortical bone was removed from the crest.
Fig 4. Now the ridge has normal shape
and inter-arch distance was recovered
enough to make ideal contour of crowns.
However, the bone density was extremely
soft without any cortical bone. It was
much less than Type IV bone density. At Fig 1
the case of like this, how long do we have
to wait after implant placement to start
the prosthetic procedures? Normally we
wait for at least 6 months for Type IV bone
with conventional implant system because
we cannot get enough initial stability due
to less bone density. However if we can
make excellent initial stability with man-
dibular implants by changing implant de-
sign, we may start prosthetic procedures
after 3 months or less. That is one of
important design concepts on AnyRidge Fig 2
implant system.
Fig 3
Clinical Cases AnyRidge 094 /095
®
Fig 5. Two osteotomy sockets were pre-

pared with a single trial of drilling using a
trephine (4050 which has 5.0mm outer
diameter). Bone density was extremely
soft as expected, and there was enough
ridge width both to buccal and lingual
side. If we place fixtures with conventional
thread design, satisfactory initial stability
is really difficult to achieve due to loose
bone density. AnyRidge implant was
designed to have same core diameter,
but different thread depth with increase of
fixture diameter. So in the case like this,
we needed to consider the bone density
uring socket preparation to choose ad-
equate depth of thread which could affect
initial stability. Fig 4
Fig 6. Two 7.0(W)x8.5(L)mm AnyRidge fix-

tures were placed with excellent initial sta-
bility because of deep and knife threads.
Compared with the size of osteotomy
sockets, the fixtures were 2mm bigger in
diameter, but the core diameter of these
wide fixtures are only 4.8mm. The whole Fig 5 Fig 6
depth of thread could be used to engage
bone to get more BIC and better initial
stability.
Fig 7. The bone defect was grafted with
autogenous bone which was harvested
during reshaping of alveolar ridge and
trephination. And primary closure was
made to make sure bone regeneration.
Fig 8. The panoramic view after surgery.
Fig 9. Three months after implant place-
ment, the second stage surgery was
made and provisional restoration was
delivered two weeks later. The final resto-
ration was delivered about one month
later for the maturation of regenerated
bone. On the radiograph taken 2.5 years Fig 7
later, the crestal bone regenerated up to

the level of platform.
Fig 8
Fig 9
Clinical Cases
➲ Clinical Case 2
AnyRidge implant has excellent surface treatment which can be osseointegrated at

this extremely case of bone defect.
Fig 1. This patient was 56 years old male

patient and had a chief complaint of chew-
ing difficulty on the left first mandibular mo-
lar due to periodontitis. On the panoramic
radiograph, the tooth was floated with
complete bone loss to the apex, and there
was not enough bone to get initial stability
for implant placement at the apex above
mandibular nerve. So I decided to extract
the tooth and wait for 4 months for regen-
eration of the socket.
Fig 2. The patient came back to my office
after 4 months. Healing appeared good
enough clinically, but the panoramic view
still showed large socket defect. In many
cases like this, we can expect some amount
of bone fill in the socket which can allow
minimal initial stability for implant placement. Fig 1
Fig 3. When the flap was opened, I was very

embarrassed that bone regeneration did
not occur in the socket. None of remaining
bone could be used for implant fixation.
Fig 4. A widest AnyRidge implant 8.0mm
was placed on the mesial wall of extrac-
tion socket, but there was no initial stabil-
ity. This trial was quite heroic
treatment, but there was no other option
except this because he flied many hours
for this surgery. Fig 2
Fig 5. The mixture of Allograft (Mega-Oss)
and Synthetic bone (Bone Plus) was
placed into the remaining socket defect
and a collagen membrane was covered.
Then primary closure was made with
releasing incision on the periosteum.
Fig 3
Fig 4
Fig 5
Clinical Cases AnyRidge 096 /097
®
Fig 6. On the panoramic view after surgery,

we could find that none of the fixture was
engaged with remaining bone, so it had
more than 1.6mm gap from the tip to the
depth of knife threads. I worried about the
bone filling and success of the osseointe-
gration on this fixture.
Fig 7. However, I was surprised with the
hard cortical bone regeneration over the
cover screw when I did the second stage
surgery with the Biolaser.
Fig 8. On the intraoral radiograph taken
several weeks after second surgery, we
could see the fully regenerated bone into
the bottom of thread depth.
Fig 9. The patient came back to our office
to get one more implant on the maxillary Fig 6
upper molar after 2 years from the first im-
plant surgery. The regenerated bone was
matured and showed very stable crestal
bone on the intraoral radiograph.
Fig 7
Fig 8
Fig 9
098 /099
AnyOne Internal
®
Key advantages
➲ AnyOne can be enjoyable by anyone...from the
®
beginner to the most experienced implantologist.

➲ The convenience of a single prosthetic connection
for all fixture size.
➲ Compatibility of connection with many other
implant system (11° Internal Hex Connection).

100 Ⅰ. Design Concept
101 Ⅱ. Variety of AnyOne Fixtures
102 Ⅲ. Features
104 Fixture Product

104 Ⅰ. Fixture
104 Regular Thread / Deep Thread / Special Length
106 Ⅱ. Cover Screw & Healing Abutment
107 Abutment & Prosthetic Options

107 Ⅰ. Fixture level prosthesis
112 Ⅱ. Abutment level prosthesis
112 1. Solid Abutment & Components
115 2. Octa Abutment & Components
119 3. Multi-unit Abutment & Components
123 4. Flat Abutment & Components
126 Ⅲ. Overdenture Prosthesis
130 Clinical Case

Characteristics & Advantages » Ⅰ. Design Concept

Ⅰ. Design Concept
AnyOne implant system was developed to be Tissue friendly, Operator friendly,
®
and Patient friendly (T.O.P concept).
From a novice clinician to an expert, all can appreciate the benefits that AnyOne offers. The ease of implant placement, the initial stability,
excellent soft & hard tissue response and overall shorter treatment time are just few reasons that AnyOne will become your implant choice.
Patients can expect minimal invasive surgery with less pain, shorter healing time, and a more esthetic final restoration. The AnyOne implant system
truely offers a better experience and satisfaction to both the dentist and the patient.
1. Tissue friendly
• Improved surface treatment -
• Better crestal bone response due to stress reduction design.
• Better cancellous bone response due to evenly distributed stress.
• Better soft tissue response thanks to the bio-friendly S-line shape.
2. Operator friendly
• Simplified surgical protocol giving predictable initial stability
• Simplified & compatible, single platform prosthetics
• Secure osteointegration with shortened healing times
• High compressive strength
3. Patient friendly
• Minimally invasive surgery
• Shorter recovery and treatment time.
• Enhanced esthetic results.
Characteristics & Advantages » Ⅱ. Variety of AnyOne Fixtures AnyOne Internal
®
100 /101
Ⅱ. Variety of AnyOne Fixtures

AnyOne has variety of choice.
1. Easy and convenient For Hard Bone

"Regular Thread" Easy and Simple placement for all
cases.
∅3.5, ∅4.0, ∅4.5, ∅5.0, ∅6.0, ∅7.0
2. "Deep Thread" for For Soft Bone

stronger initial fixation New design with extended thread
gives substantially stronger initial
stability for soft bone application.
∅4.5, ∅5.5, ∅6.5, ∅7.5, ∅8.0
3. "Special 7mm" Bevel For Irregular Ridge

2mm
essential for special case
This ‘Special 7mm’ fixture can be
used for non-uniform bone loss
5mm case with limited available vertical
dimension.
∅4.5, ∅5.0, ∅6.0, ∅7.0
Nerve
Characteristics & Advantages » Ⅲ. Features
Ⅲ. Features
Simplified surgical protocol Advanced fixture design allows easier drilling

in any bone density while ensuring initial
with predictable initial stability stability.
Ø3.5
Ø4.0
Ø4.5
Ø5.0
Ø6.0
Ø7.0
Diversed prosthetic options

provide convenient solutions
The convenience of a single

prosthetic connection for
all fixture sizes with an 11
degree internal hex connection
Stress reduction on crestal bone - Placing a fixture into the alveolar bone is easier
to control due to the straight upper portion of
the fixture.
Less stress More stress - Crestal bone loss is minimized by reducing
stress in the cortical bone.
Stress distribution on
cancellous bone
- Thanks to MegaGen’s unique
and super self- tapping design, better initial
stability can be attained in any compromised
bone situation. The design enables
progressive bone condensing, gentle
ridge expansion, maximized compressive
force resistance and minimized shear force
production.
Characteristics & Advantages » Ⅲ. Features AnyOne Internal
®
102 /103
Advantage for Esthetic AnyOne Abutments have a sloped shoulder

margin making them ideal for CAD/ CAM
& CAD / CAM prosthesis zirconia prosthetics.
Excellent soft tissue response - All abutment cuffs are treated with ZrN
coating to ensure excellent aesthetics
under the tissue.
- The biological S-line provides seamless
natural-looking and more functional
emergence profile.
Zirconia Coping
Higher compressive strength - Diameter Ø4.5 can be used to molar area

without a concern for fracturing.
- AnyOne fixtures have a wide parallel-wall
design, making them more resistant to
fracture than most of other commercialized
fixtures.
- AnyOne can be used in most cases,
reducing the need for GBR.
A
1. Wall thickness > Small size (unit : mm) 2. Compressive strength
B Company A Company B AnyOne Ø3.5

®
200
A 0.201 0.341 0.323
B 0.056 0.197 0.254 160
C 0.248 0.324 0.415
Load(Kgf)
120
C > Regular size (unit : mm)
154
195
80
Company A Company B AnyOne® Ø4.0
102
A 0.296 0.476 0.431 40
B 0.173 0.321 0.354
0
C 0.369 0.466 0.515
Company D Company O AnyOne
®
Performed compressive strength test to compare compression load of Any-

One Fixture with other companies fixture using universal testing machine
3. Fatigue test
1800 AnyOne® Company D
System (Ø3.5 X L7.0mm) (Ø3.6 X L7.0mm)
1600
Fatigue 360.3N 318.2N
1400 limit
1200 AnyOne ®
Company D
Load(N)
1000
800
600
360.3N
400 Performed fatigue test to compare fatigue

limit of AnyOne Fixture with other com-
200 318.2N pany fixture using fatigue test machine
-R&D center in MegaGen Implant Co.,Ltd.
(2012)-
0
102 103 104 105 106 107
Number of Cycles
Fixture Product » Ⅰ. Fixtue
Fixture Product
Ⅰ. Fixture
Regular Thread Diameter Length(mm) Ref.C

- Cover Screw included
7.0 IF3507C
Ø3.9
8.5 IF3508C
10.0 IF3510C
Ø3.5 L
11.5 IF3511C
Ø3.5
13.0 IF3513C
15.0 IF3515C
7.0 IF4007C
Ø4.3
8.5 IF4008C
10.0 IF4010C
Ø4.0
11.5 IF4011C
13.0 IF4013C Ø4.0
15.0 IF4015C
7.0 IF4507C
Ø4.8
8.5 IF4508C
10.0 IF4510C
Ø4.5
11.5 IF4511C
13.0 IF4513C Ø4.5
15.0 IF4515C
7.0 IF5007C
Ø5.3
8.5 IF5008C
10.0 IF5010C
Ø5.0
11.5 IF5011C
Ø5.0
13.0 IF5013C
15.0 IF5015C
7.0 IF6007C Ø6.3
8.5 IF6008C
Ø6.0 10.0 IF6010C
11.5 IF6011C
Ø6.0
13.0 IF6013C
7.0 IF7007C
Ø7.3
8.5 IF7008C
Ø7.0 10.0 IF7010C
11.5 IF7011C
13.0 IF7013C Ø7.0

Fixture Product » Ⅰ. Fixture AnyOne Internal
®
104 /105
Deep Thread Diameter Length(mm) Ref.C

7.0 IF4507DC Ø4.8
8.5 IF4508DC
10.0 IF4510DC
Ø4.5
L
11.5 IF4511DC Ø4.5
13.0 IF4513DC
15.0 IF4515DC
7.0 IF5507DC
Ø5.8
8.5 IF5508DC
10.0 IF5510DC
Ø5.5
11.5 IF5511DC
Ø5.5
13.0 IF5513DC
15.0 IF5515DC
7.0 IF6507DC Ø6.8

8.5 IF6508DC
10.0 IF6510DC
Ø6.5
11.5 IF6511DC
Ø6.5
13.0 IF6513DC
15.0 IF6515DC
7.0 IF7507DC
Ø7.8
8.5 IF7508DC
10.0 IF7510DC
Ø7.5
11.5 IF7511DC
Ø7.5
13.0 IF7513DC
15.0 IF7515DC
7.0 IF8007DC Ø8.3
8.5 IF8008DC
Ø8.0 10.0 IF8010DC
11.5 IF8011DC
Ø8.0
13.0 IF8013DC
Special Length Diameter(mm) Length(mm) Ref.C

Ø4.8 Ø5.3 Ø6.3 Ø7.3
- Cover Screw included Ø4.5 IF4507SC
Ø5.0 IF5007SC 7
7.0
Ø6.0 IF6007SC
Ø4.5 Ø5.0 Ø6.0 Ø7.0
Ø7.0 IF7007SC
Cover Screw Height(mm) Ref.C

H
• Used for two stage surgical protocol.
0.5 CS
• Protects the inner portion and platform of the
fixture after placing.
• Uses Hand Driver (1.2 Hex).
Healing Abutment Diameter(mm) Height(mm) Ref.C
• Creates the emergence profile of the gingival tissue Ø4.0

3.0 HA4030
during healing. H
• Uses Hand Driver (1.2 Hex). 4.0 HA4040
Ø4.0 5.0 HA4050
6.0 HA4060
Ø4.5
7.0 HA4070
3.0 HA4530
4.0 HA4540
Ø4.5 5.0 HA4550

Ø5.5
6.0 HA4560
7.0 HA4570
3.0 HA5530
4.0 HA5540
Ø6.5
Ø5.5 5.0 HA5550
6.0 HA5560
7.0 HA5570
3.0 HA6530
Ø7.5
4.0 HA6540
Ø6.5 5.0 HA6550
6.0 HA6560
7.0 HA6570
Ø8.5
4.0 HA7540
Ø7.5 5.0 HA7550
6.0 HA7560
4.0 HA8540
Ø9.5
Ø8.5 5.0 HA8550
6.0 HA8560
4.0 HA9540
Ø9.5 5.0 HA9550
6.0 HA9560
Abutment & Prosthetic Options » Ⅰ. Fixture Level Prosthesis AnyOne Internal
®
106 /107

EZ Post Milling Abutment Angled Abutment Gold Abutment CCM Abutment
Temporary Abutment [Titanium] Temporary Abutment [POM] Fuse Abutment
Lab Analog
Impression Coping Impression Coping Impression Coping Impression Coping

[Transfer / 2piece] [Transfer / 1piece] [Pick-up / Hexed] [Pick-up / Non-hexed]
EZ Post (Hex)
- Abutment Screw(AS20) included
• Cement retained restoration
• Cuffs of EZ Post are treated with a ZrN coat-
ing, to ensure excellent aesthetics under the
tissue. Biological S-line provides a seamless
natural-looking and more functional emer- P.H
gence profile.
• Post Height : 4.0, 5.5mm
• Profile Diameter : Ø4.5, Ø5.5, Ø6.5
C.H
• Cuff Height : 1.5, 2.5, 3.5, 4.5, 5.5mm
• Cement retained restoration Platform
level
• EZ Post cuffs are treated with a ZrN coating,
to ensure excellent aesthetics under the tissue.
Biological S-line provides a seamless natural- P.D
looking and more functional emergence profile.
• Post Height : 4.0, 5.5mm
• Non-Hex Abutments do not provide anti-
rotation and are contra-indicated for single unit
restorations.
• Recommend Torque : 35Ncm
Profile Cuff Post Type Profile Cuff Post Type

Diameter Height(mm) Height(mm) Ref.C Ref.C
1.5 EP4514HT 1.5 EP4514NT
2.5 EP4524HT 2.5 EP4524NT
Ø4.5 3.5 EP4534HT Ø4.5 3.5 EP4534NT
4.5 EP4544HT 4.5 EP4544NT
5.5 EP4554HT 5.5 EP4554NT
1.5 EP5514HT 1.5 EP5514NT
2.5 EP5524HT 2.5 EP5524NT
Non
Ø5.5 3.5 4.0 Hex EP5534HT Ø5.5 3.5 4.0 EP5534NT
-Hex
4.5 EP5544HT 4.5 EP5544NT
5.5 EP5554HT 5.5 EP5554NT
1.5 EP6514HT 1.5 EP6514NT
2.5 EP6524HT 2.5 EP6524NT
Ø6.5 3.5 EP6534HT Ø6.5 3.5 EP6534NT
4.5 EP6544HT 4.5 EP6544NT
5.5 EP6554HT 5.5 EP6554NT
1.5 EP4515HT 1.5 EP4515NT
2.5 EP4525HT 2.5 EP4525NT
Ø4.5 3.5 EP4535HT Ø4.5 3.5 EP4535NT
4.5 EP4545HT 4.5 EP4545NT
5.5 EP4555HT 5.5 EP4555NT
1.5 EP5515HT 1.5 EP5515NT
2.5 EP5525HT 2.5 EP5525NT
Non
Ø5.5 3.5 5.5 Hex EP5535HT Ø5.5 3.5 5.5 EP5535NT
-Hex
4.5 EP5545HT 4.5 EP5545NT
5.5 EP5555HT 5.5 EP5555NT
1.5 EP6515HT 1.5 EP6515NT
2.5 EP6525HT 2.5 EP6525NT
Ø6.5 3.5 EP6535HT Ø6.5 3.5 EP6535NT
4.5 EP6545HT 4.5 EP6545NT
5.5 EP6555HT 5.5 EP6555NT
Thread Length
Ref.C diameter (mm) (mm)
®
108 /109
Fuse Abutment
Mesio
Diameter C.H P.H distal
Labiolingual Mesiodistal (mm) (mm)
Type Ref.C
- Abutment Screw(AS20)+Fuse cap Ø5.5 5.5 Straight AOFAP5535P 15° 25°

Labio-lingual
included.
Ø5.5 Ø4.5 3 7 15° AOFAA5315P P.H
• For the design concept and rationale
of the Fuse Abutment, please refer to Ø4.5 7 25° AOFAA5325P Mesio
distal C.H
Page 069.
Labio-lingual
Milling Abutment
Profile Cuff Post
Diameter Height(mm) Height(mm) Type Ref.C
- Abutment Screw(AS20) included Ø4.0 1.5 MA4015HT
• Used for abutment design by customized Ø4.5 2.0 MA4520HT

9.0
milling.
2.0 MA5520HT
• Milling Abutments are treated with a ZrN Ø5.5 Hex C.H
coating, to ensure excellent aesthetics 4.0 MA5540HT
under the tissue.
2.5 MA6525HT Ø4.0 Ø4.5 Ø5.5 Ø6.5
• Available in both hex and Non-Hex, in Ø6.5
four diameters (Ø4.0, Ø4.5, Ø5.5 & Ø6.5) 4.0 MA6540HT
and in various cuff heights. 9.0
• Recommend Torque : 35Ncm Ø4.0 1.5 MA4015NT
Ø4.5 2.0 MA4520NT
2.0 Non- MA5520NT

Ø5.5
4.0 Hex MA5540NT
Ø4.0 Ø4.5 Ø5.5 Ø6.5
2.5 MA6525NT
Ø6.5
4.0 MA6540NT
15 25
o o
Cuff Post
Angled Abutment Profile
Diameter
Height
(mm)
Height
(mm)
Type Angle
o
Ref.C
7.0
- Abutment Screw(AS20) included 15 AA4215HT
2.5 o
C.H
• 2 different angulations (15˚, 25˚) 25 AA4225HT
- Available in two diameters (Ø4.5 & Ø5.5)
Ø4.5 o
15 AA4415HT
and in two cuff heights (2.5 & 4.5mm). 4.5 Ø4.5
o
• Cuffs of Angled Abutment are treated with 25 AA4425HT
a ZrN coating, to ensure excellent aesthet- Hex o
15 AA5215HT
ics under the tissue. 2.5 o
• Height of minimized screw head helps to 25 AA5225HT
prevent milling problems. Ø5.5 o
• Profile Diameters : Ø4.5, Ø5.5 15 AA5415HT

4.5
• Cuff Height : 2.5, 4.5mm 25
o
AA5425HT Ø5.5
• Recommend Torque : 35Ncm 7.0
25
o
o
15 AA4215NT 15
o
2.5 o
25 AA4225NT
Ø4.5 o
15 AA4415NT
4.5 o
Non- 25 AA4425NT
hex 15
o
AA5215NT Ø4.5
2.5 o
25 AA5225NT
Ø5.5 o
15 AA5415NT
4.5 o
25 AA5425NT
Ø5.5
Gold Abutment Cuff

Profile Height
Diameter (mm)
Post
Height Type Ref.C
(mm) P.H
- Abutment Screw(AS20) included
Hex GA4515HT
• For fabrication of customized abutment for either Ø4.5 1.0 11.0
C.H
screw or cement retained restorations. Non-hex GA4515NT
• Available in both hex (red) and non-hex (white)
• Melting point of gold alloy : 1400~1450℃ Ø4.5
• Threaded sleeves allow for better retention of resin
or wax.
CCM Abutment Cuff

Profile Height
Diameter (mm)
Post
Height Type Ref.C
(mm)
- Abutment Screw(AS20) included P.H
Hex CA4515HT
• Useful to make a customized abutment in difficult Ø4.5 1.0 11.0
situations. Non-hex CA4515NT C.H
Cr-Co alloys).
Ø4.5
Manufacturer
Temporary Profile
Diameter Height(mm) Type Ref.C
H
Abutment (Titanium) Ø4.5 11.0
Hex TA4511HT
- Abutment Screw(AS20) included Non-hex TA4511NT
• For making provisional restoration. Ø4.5

• Available in both hex and non-hex.
• Grooved surface on abutment post allows for bet-
ter retention of resin or wax.
Temporary Profile
H
Abutment (POM) Ø4.5 11.0

Hex TA4511HPT
- Abutment Screw(AS20) included Non-hex TA4511NPT
• For making chairside provisionals for the aesthetic Ø4.5

zone.
• Especially useful for immediate placement after
extraction.
• Available in both hex and non-hex.
Lab Analog Type Color Ref.C Type
• Replicates the fixture. Small Magenta LA350H

• Magenta analog for Ø3.5 fixture.
Regular & Wide Blue LA400H
• Blue analog for all fixture sizes for Ø4.0~Ø8.0.
®
110 /111
➲ Impression Copings
Impression Coping Profile

Diameter
Height
(mm) Type Ref.C Ref.C
(1.2 Hex)
2piece
(Transfer type) 12.0 IT4012HT IT4012HHT Ø4.0 Ø4.5

Ø4.0
- Guide Pin included in two piece type 16.0 IT4016HT IT4016HHT
• Diameters correspond to Healing Abutment 12.0 IT4512HT IT4512HHT
diameters. Ø4.5
• Available in one piece (non-hex) or two 16.0 IT4516HT IT4516HHT
2piece
piece (hex) and two heights.
12.0 IT5512HT IT5512HHT Ø5.5 Ø6.5
• Used for Closed Tray (Transfer) technique. Ø5.5
• Impression Coping design ensures easy 16.0 IT5516HT IT5516HHT
and accurate transfer of fixture position.
12.0 IT6512HT IT6512HHT
• Flat surface of Impression Coping aligns Ø6.5
with the flat of the hex within the fixture. 16.0 IT6516HT IT6516HHT
• Transfer Impression Coping Driver and
Hand Driver(1.2Hex) should be used to 12.0 IT4012N IT4012NH
Ø4.0
ensure Impression Coping is properly 16.0 IT4016N IT4016NH 1piece
tightened.
12.0 IT4512N IT4512NH Ø4.0 Ø4.5 Ø5.5 Ø6.5
Ø4.5
Transfer Impression 16.0 IT4516N IT4516NH
Coping Driver 1piece
12.0 IT5512N IT5512NH
Refer to Page.188 Ø5.5
16.0 IT5516N IT5516NH
12.0 IT6512N IT6512NH

Ø6.5
16.0 IT6516N IT6516NH

Diameter Height(mm) Type Ref.C Hex
(Pick-up type) 12.0 IP4012HT

Ø4.0 Ø4.0
- Guide Pin included 16.0 IP4016HT
Ø4.5
• Used for open tray technique. Most beneficial for 7.0 IP4507HT
multiple fixtures that will be splinted together. Ø4.5
• Square body design ensures stability within the 12.0 IP4512HT
Hex
impression and accurate transfer of fixture position.
7.0 IP5507HT
Ø5.5
12.0 IP5512HT
7.0 IP6507HT Ø5.5 Ø6.5

Ø6.5
12.0 IP6512HT
12.0 IP4012NT
Ø4.0
16.0 IP4016NT
7.0 IP4507NT
Ø4.5
12.0 IP4512NT Non-Hex
Non-Hex Ø4.0
7.0 IP5507NT
Ø5.5 Ø4.5
12.0 IP5512NT
7.0 IP6507NT
Ø6.5
12.0 IP6512NT
Ø5.5 Ø6.5

1. Solid Abutment & Components
Burn-out Cylinder
Solid Lab Analog
Snap Impression Coping
Comfort Cap
Solid Abutment EZ Post EZ Post and Solid Abutments

have the same post size
making the Snap Impression
Coping and Analog suitable
for both.
Abutment & Prosthetic Options » Ⅱ. Abutment Level Prosthesis AnyOne Internal
®
112 /113
➲ Solid Abutment & Lab Analog

P.D
Solid Abutment P.H
• Cement retained restoration only.

• Solid Abutment should be placed into patient’s C.H
mouth before taking impression.
• Should be tightened with Solid Driver and Hand Driver.
• Profile Diameter : Ø4.0, Ø4.5, Ø5.5, Ø6.5
• Cuff Height : 1.5, 2.5, 3.5, 4.5, 5.5mm
• Post Height : 4.0, 5.5, 7.0mm

Diameter Height(mm) Height(mm) Ref.C Diameter Height(mm) Height(mm) Ref.C
1.5 SL40154 1.5 SL55154

2.5 SL40254
2.5 SL55254
3.5 4.0 SL40354
3.5 4.0 SL55354
4.5 SL40454
5.5 SL40554 4.5 SL55454
Ø4.0
1.5 SL40155 5.5 SL55554
Ø5.5
2.5 SL40255
1.5 SL55155
3.5 5.5 SL40355
2.5 SL55255
4.5 SL40455
5.5 SL40555 3.5 5.5 SL55355
1.5 SL45154 4.5 SL55455

2.5 SL45254
5.5 SL55555
3.5 4.0 SL45354
1.5 SL65154
4.5 SL45454
5.5 SL45554 2.5 SL65254
1.5 SL45155 3.5 4.0 SL65354

2.5 SL45255
4.5 SL65454
Ø4.5 3.5 5.5 SL45355
5.5 SL65554
4.5 SL45455 Ø6.5
5.5 SL45555 1.5 SL65155
1.5 SL45157 2.5 SL65255

2.5 SL45257 5.5
3.5 SL65355
3.5 7.0 SL45357
4.5 SL65455
4.5 SL45457
5.5 SL45557 5.5 SL65555
Profile
Solid Lab Analog Diameter Height(mm) Ref.C
P.D
4.0 LA4040P
• Used for Solid Abutment Ø4.0
• Used only if Solid Abutment was not modified. 5.5 LA4055P H
4.0 LA4540P
Ø4.5 5.5 LA4555P
7.0 LA4570P
4.0 LA5540P
Ø5.5
5.5 LA5555P
4.0 LA6540P
Ø6.5
5.5 LA6555P
➲ Components for Solid Abutment
Comfort Cap Profile

Diameter
Post
Height(mm) Ref.C Ø5.5
• Protects a Solid Abutment and minimizes irritation 4.0 CC4040
to tongue and oral mucosa. Ø4.0
• Easily make a temporary crown by resin build up. 5.5 CC4055
P.H
• Color coded according to post heights.
4.0 CC4540
[Yellow : P.H 4.0mm, White : P.H 5.5mm, Pink : P.H 7.0mm]
Ø4.5 5.5 CC4555 P.D
7.0 CC4570
4.0 CC5540
Ø5.5
5.5 CC5555
4.0 CC6540
Ø6.5
5.5 CC6555
Snap Impression Profile

Diameter
Post
Height(mm) Ref.C
Coping Ø4.0
4.0 SIC4040
• Used for precise Impression Coping on Solid Abutment. 5.5 SIC4055
• Color coded for 3 different post heights.
[Yellow : P.H 4.0mm, White : P.H 5.5mm, Pink : P.H 7.0mm] 4.0 SIC4540 P.H
• Do not use if Solid Abutment has been modified. Ø4.5 5.5 SIC4555
P.D
7.0 SIC4570
4.0 SIC5540
Ø5.5
5.5 SIC5555
4.0 SIC6540
Ø6.5
5.5 SIC6555
Profile
Burn-out Cylinder Diameter Type Ref.C
Ø4.0 BC4070S
• Precise fit with post of Solid Abutment, EZ Post,
Lab Analog. Ø4.5 BC4570S
• Easy to wax up, provides accurate margins and Single
clean burnout. Ø5.5 BC5570S
Ø4.0 Ø4.5 Ø5.0 Ø6.5
• Available both hex (red) and non-hex (white). Ø6.5 BC6570S
Ø4.0 BC4070B
Ø4.5 BC4570B
Bridge
Ø5.5 BC5570B
Ø6.5 BC6570B
®
114 /115

2. Octa Abutment & Components
Octa Gold Cylinder Octa Plastic Cylinder Octa CCM Cylinder Octa EZ Post Cylinder
Octa Temporary Cylinder
Octa Lab Analog
Octa Impression Coping Octa Impression Coping

[Transfer] [Pick-up]
Octa Abutment Octa Healing Cap

Ø3.8
Octa Abutment Profile

Diameter
Cuff
Height(mm) Ref.C
• Used to make multiple screw-retained prosthetics. 1.5 OA4015 C.H

• Maximum path Angle : 70˚ 2.5 OA4025
Ø3.8 3.5 OA4035
4.5 OA4045
Ø4.8
5.5 OA4055
1.5 OA5015
2.5 OA5025
Ø4.8 3.5 OA5035
4.5 OA5045
5.5 OA5055 Ø5.8
1.5 OA6015
2.5 OA6025
Ø5.8 3.5 OA6035
4.5 OA6045
5.5 OA6055
Octa Healing Cap Profile Diameter Ref.C
- Cylinder Screw (IRCS200) included Ø4.0 AANOHC4000T

• Protects Octa Abutment and minimizes irritation to Ø5.0 IHC400T
tongue and oral mucosa.
Ø6.0 AANOHC6000T
P.D
Octa Impression Profile

Diameter
Height
(mm) Type Ref.C
Octa Non-octa
2.5
Octa Non-octa 2.5
Coping (Transfer) 7.5

Octa AAOITO4010T
7.5
9.5
- Guide Pin included Non-octa AAOITN4010T
Ø4.0
• Should be tightened with Impression Driver Octa AAOITO4012T Ø4.0
(Page.176) 9.5
• Special impression coping screw which can be Non-octa AAOITN4012T Octa Non-octa Octa Non-octa
used with a 1.2mm hex driver is available on Octa AAOITO5010T

request. 7.5
Non-octa AAOITN5010T
Ø5.0
Octa AAOITO5012T
9.5
Ø5.0
Octa Non-octa Octa Non-octa
Octa AAOITO6010T
7.5
Ø6.0
Octa AAOITO6012T
9.5
Non-octa AAOITN6012T Ø6.0
®
116 /117
Octa Impression Profile

Diameter
Height
(mm) Type Ref.C Octa Non-octa Octa Non-octa
Coping (Pick-up) 10.0

Octa AAOIPO4010T
12
- Guide Pin included Non-octa AAOIPN4010T 10
Ø4.0
Octa AAOIPO4012T
12.0
Non-octa AAOIPN4012T Ø4.0
Octa AAOIPO5010T Octa Non-octa Octa Non-octa

10.0
Non-octa AAOIPN5010T
Ø5.0
Octa AAOIPO5012T
12.0
Ø5.0
Octa AAOIPO6010T
10.0 Octa Non-octa Octa Non-octa
Ø6.0
Octa AAOIPO6012T
12.0
Ø6.0
P.D
Octa Lab Analog Profile Diameter Ref.C
Ø3.8 AANOLA4000
Ø4.8 IOA300
Ø5.8 AANOLA6000
Octa Temporary Cylinder Profile

Diameter Type Ref.C
- Cylinder Screw (IRCS200) included Octa AANOTCO4010T

Ø4.0 Octa Non-octa Octa Non-octa Octa Non-octa
Octa AANOTCO5010T
Ø5.0
Octa AANOTCO6010T
Ø6.0 Ø4.0 Ø5.0 Ø6.0
Octa EZ Post Cylinder Profile Post

- Cylinder Screw (IRCS200) included 5.5 AAOECO4005T Octa Non-octa

Octa
7.0 AAOECO4007T
Ø4.0 7
5.5
5.5 AAOECN4005T
Non-octa
5.5 AAOECO5005T Octa Non-octa

Octa
7.0 AAOECO5007T
Ø5.0
5.5 AAOECN5005T
Non-octa
5.5 AAOECO6005T
Octa Octa Non-octa
7.0 AAOECO6007T
Ø6.0
5.5 AAOECN6005T
Non-octa
Octa Non-octa
Octa Gold Cylinder Profile Diameter Type Ref.C
Octa AANGCO4000T 12
- Cylinder Screw (IRCS200) included Ø4.0
Non-octa AANGCN4000T
• For customizing abutment for screw retained
multi-unit restoration. Octa IOGO100T
- Available in both octa(red) and non-octa(white) Ø5.0 Ø4.0
• Melting point of gold alloy : 1400~1450℃ Non-octa IOGN100T Octa Non-octa Octa Non-octa
• Threaded sleeves allow for better retention of resin Octa AANGCO6000T

or wax. Ø6.0
• Available in three diameters (Ø4.0, Ø5.0 & Ø6.0). Non-octa AANGCN6000T
• Recommend torque : 30Ncm
Ø5.0 Ø6.0
Octa CCM Cylinder Profile Diameter Type Ref.C Octa Non-octa
Octa AANCCO4000T
- Cylinder Screw (IRCS200) included Ø4.0
12
• Useful to make a customized abutment in difficult Non-octa AANCCN4000T
situations. Octa AANCCO5000T
• Can be casted with non-precious alloys (Ni-Cr, Ø5.0
Cr-Co alloys). Non-octa AANCCN5000T Ø4.0
Octa AANCCO6000T Octa Non-octa Octa Non-octa
Manufacturer. Ø6.0
• Threaded sleeves for convenient Resin / Wax-up. Non-octa AANCCN6000T
Ø5.0 Ø6.0
Octa Plastic Cylinder Profile Diameter Type Ref.C Octa Non-octa
Octa AAOTCO4010TT
- Cylinder Screw (IRCS200) included Ø4.0 10
• Economical option Non-octa AAOTCN4010T
• Used for customizing abutment for screw retained Octa IOPH100T
multi-unit restorations. Ø5.0
Ø4.0
- Available in both octa(red) and non-octa(white) Non-octa IOPN100T
Octa Non-octa Octa Non-octa
• Threaded sleeves allow for better retention of resin or
Octa AAOTCO6010T
wax. Ø6.0
Non-octa AAOTCN6010T
Ø5.0 Ø6.0
®
118 /119

3. Multi-unit Abutment & Components
Multi-unit Multi-unit Multi-unit Multi-unit

EZ Post Cylinder Glod Cylinder CCM Cylinder Plastic Cylinder
Multi-unit
Temporary Cylinder
Multi-unit
Lab Analog
Multi-unit Multi-unit
[Transfer] [Pick-up]
Multi-unit Abutment Multi-unit Angled Multi-unit Angled Multi-unit

[Straight] Abutment [17°] Abutment [29°] Healing Cap
➲ Multi-unit Abutment & Components

• For the design concept and rationale of the Multi-unit Abutment, please refer to Page 083.
Multi-unit Angled Cuff Height (mm) Type Ref.C Hex
Abutment (17°) 1.0 MU50117HT
- Abutment Screw (MUAS20) included 2.0 MU50217HT

Hex C.H
3.0 MU50317HT
4.0 MU50417HT Ø5.0
1.0 MU50117NT Non-Hex
2.0 MU50217NT
Non-Hex
3.0 MU50317NT
4.0 MU50417NT
Hex
Abutment (29°) 1.0 MU50129HT
2.0 MU50229HT C.H

- Abutment Screw (MUAS20) included
Hex
3.0 MU50329HT
Ø5.0
4.0 MU50429HT
Non-Hex
1.0 MU50129NT
2.0 MU50229NT
Non-Hex
3.0 MU50329NT
4.0 MU50429NT
Multi-unit Cuff Height (mm) Type Ref.C

Hex
Abutment (Straight) 1.5 MU5015HT
2.5 MU5025HT
- Mutli-unit Abutment Screw included.
3.5 Hex MU5035HT C.H
4.5 MU5045HT
Ø5.0
5.5 MU5055HT
1.5 MU5015NT Non-Hex
2.5 MU5025NT
3.5 Non-Hex MU5035NT
4.5 MU5045NT
5.5 MU5055NT
®
120 /121
Multi-unit
Profile Diameter Ref.C
Ø5.0 REC600
Healing Cap
Ø5.0
Non-Hex
Multi-unit Impression Profile Diameter Ref.C
Coping (Transfer) Ø4.8 RITE480
Ø4.8
Multi-unit Impression
Hex Non-Hex
Height (mm) Ref.C
Coping (Pick-up) 9.4

RIEH480T
9.4
RIEN480T
- Guide Pin(RICG150) included
Ø4.8
Multi-unit Lab Analog Profile Diameter Ref.C
Ø4.8 RELA300
Hex Non-Hex
Multi-unit Profile Diameter Ref.C
Temporary Cylinder Ø4.8

ETH100T
ETN100T
Ø4.8
➲ Components for Multi-unit Abutment
Multi-unit
Hex Non-Hex
Profile Diameter Ref.C
EZ Post Cylinder Ø5.0

RCA900T
RCA800T
Ø5.0
Hex Non-Hex
Multi-unit Gold Cylinder Profile Diameter Sleeve color Ref.C
- Cylinder Screw (TASH140) included Red REGC200T

Ø4.8
• For customizing abutment for screw retained White REGC100T
multi-unit restoration.
- Available in both octa(red) and non-octa(white)
• Melting point of gold alloy : 1400~1450℃ Ø4.8
• Threaded sleeves allow for better retention of resin
or wax.
• Available in three diameters (Ø4.0, Ø5.0 & Ø6.0).
• Recommend torque : 30Ncm
Hex Non-Hex
Multi-unit CCM Cylinder Profile Diameter Sleeve color Ref.C
- Cylinder Screw (TASH140) included Pink RCA5013HT

Ø4.8
• Useful to make a customized abutment in difficult Yellow RCA5013NT
situations.
Ø4.8
Cr-Co alloys).
Manufacturer
Hex Non-Hex
Multi-unit Plastic Cylinder Profile Diameter Sleeve color Ref.C
- Cylinder Screw (TASH140) included Red RPEH100T

Ø5.2
• Economical option White RPEN100T
• Used for customizing abutment for screw retained
multi-unit restorations.
- Available in both octa(red) and non-octa(white) Ø5.2
• Threaded sleeves allow for better retention of resin or wax.
®
122 /123

4. Flat Abutment & Components
: The main advantage of this Flat Abutment is the freedom on angulation.
Flat Abutment can cover any angulation problems.
: Only for multiple (Cannot be used for single implant)
: Only with screw-fixated type of prosthetics.
Flat EZ Post Cylinder Flat Gold Cylinder Flat CCM Cylinder Flat Plastic Cylinder
Flat Temporary Cylinder
Flat Lab Analog
Flat Impression Coping Flat Impression Coping

(Transfer) (Pick-Up)
Flat Healing Abutment Flat Cover Screw
Flat Abutment
➲ Flat Abutment & Components
Flat Abutment Profile Diameter Cuff Height

(mm) Ref.C
1.5 FA3515
2.5 FA3525 3.5
Ø3.5 3.5 FA3535 C.H
4.5 FA3545
5.5 FA3555
Flat Cover Screw Profile Diameter Ref.C 3.5
1
Ø3.5 FCS3510
Flat Healing Abutment Height(mm) Ref.C
2 FHA402
H
3 FHA403
4 FHA404

9.5
(Transfer) Ø3.5 9.5 FIT4012T
- Guide Pin (FGPT) included.
3.5
• Should be tightened with Impression Driver
(Page.176)
• Special impression coping screw which can be
request.

(Pick-Up) Ø3.5 12 FIP4012T 12

- Guide pin (FGPP15) included.
3.5
®
124 /125
Flat Lab Analog Profile

12
Ø3.5 12 FLA3512
3.5
Flat Temporary Cylinder Profile Diameter Ref.C
- Flat Cylinder Screw (FAS) included. Ø4.0 FTC4012T
4.0
Flat EZ Post Cylinder Height (mm) Ref.C

5.5 FEC4005T H
7.0 FEC4007T
Flat Gold Cylinder Profile Diameter Ref.C
- Flat Cylinder Screw (FAS) included. Ø3.8 FGC4012T

situations.
3.8
Flat CCM Cylinder Profile Diameter Ref.C

Ø3.8 FCC4012T
situations.
Cr-Co alloys).
Manufacturer 3.8
Flat Plastic Cylinder Profile Diameter Ref.C

Ø4.0 FPC4012T
4.0
Abutment & Prosthetic Options » Ⅲ. Overdenture Prosthesis
Ⅲ. Overdenture Prosthesis
Retentive Cap Set
Lab Analog
Impression Coping
Meg-Rhein Abutment
Abutment & Prosthetic Options » Ⅲ. Overdenture Prosthesis AnyOne Internal
®
126 /127
Meg-Rhein Package Cuff Height (mm) Ref.C
- 1 Meg-Rhein Abutment 0 DR00

- 1 Plastic Carrier 8.8
1.0 DR01
- 1 Stainless Steel Housing
- 3 Retentive Caps 2.0 DR02
(Black-Lab, Yellow-0.6kg, Pink-1.2kg)
3.0 DR03
C.H
4.0 DR04
• Recommend torque : 35Ncm.
5.0 DR05
6.0 DR06
Pin
Ye kC
Bl llo ap
ac w
M St k Ca
wi eg- Ho ain Ca p
th Rh us les p
a P ei ing s S
las n A te
el
tic bu
Ca tme
rri nt
er
Overdenture System
Advantage
1. Small & Easy-to-use Housing 2. Tilting Angle & Various Retentive 3. Low Reduction Rate & Uniform

4.4mm 100
2.1mm 30º 80
27%
38% 37%
49%
Meg-Rhein 73
60 63
62
51
40
5.5mm
20
2.25mm
0
3
5.2mm 2
R2=0.85
2.3mm
1
Product P
0
1,000 Cycles
*Smaller & more convenient than others, Yellow Pink White Violet
with proven Italian technology. * Seperate purchase available when it is close to “1”.
upon request
Abutment & Prosthetic Options » Ⅲ. Overdenture Prosthesis

140CET
cap(1.2kg).

white cap(1.8kg).
Housing 141CAE
• 2ea/pack

5.5
• 2ea/pack.
Abutment & Prosthetic Options » Ⅲ. Overdenture Prosthesis AnyOne Internal
®
128 /129
Meg-Rhein Ref.C
Lab Analog PLA
• To make denture model.
Retentive Cap Ref.C
Removal Tool 091EC

90
Retentive Cap Ref.C

40
Clinical Case
AnyOne Internal Clinical Case

➲ Clinical Case 1
- Courtesy of Dr. Jung Sam Lee
Single molar implant with bone augmentation.
Fig 1. The second molar was missing and

the alveolar bone was moderated
resorbed.
Fig 2. Osteotomy socket was made with
drilling.
Fig 3. An implant was placed with excellent
initial stability. Even there was no bone
defect around the implant, bone graft
was planned to make strong periimplant Fig 1 Fig 1
tissue.
Fig 4. Autogenous bone was harvested
from the ramus with Auto-Max.
Fig 5. Bone grafting with collagen mem-
brane coverage was made.
Fig 6. Tight soft tissue adaptation with the
healing abutment.
Fig 7. Soft tissue profile after 3 months.
Fig 8. Before and after treatment. 12.07.25 Fig 1 Fig 2
(6 months from the surgery)
Fig 9. 2 years after surgery. Excellent
esthetics and functions were maintained.
Fig 10. Intraoral radiographs on the follow-
ups. Crestal bone maturation appeared
interesting with time.
Fig 3 Fig 4
Fig 5 Fig 6
12.07.25 12.10.29(3months)
Fig 6 Fig 7
before treatment 13.01.14(6months)

Fig 8
Clinical Case AnyOne Internal 130 /131
®
14.07.03(2years) 14.07.03(2years)
Fig 9
12.12.31 13.05.09 14.04.08 14.07.03(2yrs)

Fig 10
Clinical Cases
➲ Clinical Case 2
Two molar implants with i-Gen membrane.
Fig 1. The patient wanted to reconstruct

two mandibular molars with implants.
Fig 2. There were moderate vertical and
horizontal bone resorptions on the recipi-
ent sites.
Fig 3. After drilling for the osteotomy
sockets, particulated autogenous bone 12.06.11
was harvested with Auto-Max. PRP was Fig 1 Fig 1
prepared with patient’s blood and mixed

with autogenous and bovine bone.
Fig 4. Two implants were placed with ex-
cellent initial stability. There was no
defect around implants, but bone regen-
eration was planned to make stable peri-
implant tissues with i-Gen membrane and
collagen membrane.
Fig 5. Primary closure was made following Fig 1 Fig 1
periosteal releasing incision.
Fig 6. i-Gen membranes were removed
after 2 months with simple incision.
The regeneration appeared excellent with
enough horizontal bone volume.
Fig 7. FGG was made to increase peri-
implant keratinized gingiva.
Fig 8. Zirconia customized abutments with
Ti-insert and full Zirconia crowns were made.
Fig 9. Clinical views after 1.5 years from Fig 2 Fig 2
the delivery of final restorations.

Fig 10. Intraoral radiograph after 11 months.
Fig 3 Fig 4
Fig 4 Fig 4
Fig 4 Fig 5
Clinical Cases AnyOne Internal 132 /133
®
Fig 6
Fig 7
Fig 8
Fig 9
14.07.03(1.5 years)
Fig 10
13.12.30(11months)
Fig 10
134 /135
AnyOne External
®
Key advantages
➲ Brand New AnyOne External Fixture of
External Hex type implants.
➲ Wide range of choices : Ø3.5/4.0/4.5/5.0/6.0 Size.
➲ Compatibility with ExFeel External prosthesis.

136 Ⅰ. Features
138 Fixture Product

138 Ⅰ. Fixture Dimension
139 Ⅱ. Fixture Size (Included fixture mount)
140 Cover Screw & Healing Abutment

141 Abutment & Prosthetic Options
146 Ⅱ. Overdenture Prosthesis
150 Clinical Case

Characteristics & Advantages » Ⅰ. Features

Ⅰ. Features
1. Various choice of Abutments

· Applicable to all kinds of difficult cases.
· Compatibility with classical small or regular size of
Branemark type abutments.
· Compatibility with 3i’s wide type abutments.
2. Simplified surgical protocol with

predictable initial stability
· Advanced fixture design allows easier drilling in any bone
density while ensuring initial stability.
· Wide range of choices : Ø3.5/ 4.0/ 4.5/ 5.0/ 6.0 size.
· Compatibility with ExFeel External prosthesis.
• From the smallest to the largest

Wide selection of fixture size of diameters and
lengths from Ø3.5 ~ to Ø6.0, from 7mm to
15mm length adjust to all the bone condition.
3. Stress distribution on cancellous bone

· Attain the best ISQ value with MegaGen’s original Knife
Thread design.
®
· Thanks to its unique knife thread super self- tapping

design, better initial stability can be attained in any
compromised bone situation. It offers progressive bone
condensing, ridge expansion, maximized compressive
force resistance and minimized shear force production.
KnifeThread
Round faced and
narrow thread design
Characteristics & Advantages » Ⅰ. Features AnyOne External
®
136 /137
AnyOne Handpiece & Ratchet Connector Insertion

· Handpiece and Ratchet in AnyOne Internal System can be equally utilized in
AnyOne External system. (Small, Regular, Wide)
· Please kindly note that Insertion Torque Value for AnyOne External Fixture
mount shall not exceed more than 160 Ncm.
Fixture Mount design

· After extraction of a tooth, clients can recognizes estimated depth with AnyOne
External Fixture Mount’s markings below. They virtually show following heights.
- 1.5mm : Cover screw height
- 3.5mm : Gingival height
- 4mm : Healing height
• AnyOne External Fixture Mount

AnyOne External Fixture Mount is the device which is provisionally mounted on
the fixture for implant placement, and should be removed when a cover screw
is going to be placed on the fixture. (It functions as “Bolt”.)
3.5mm 4mm
1.5mm
Fixture Product » Ⅰ. Fixture Dimension
Fixture Product
Ⅰ. Fixture Dimension
Platform diameter
Fixture Hex Size Female
Diameter & Height screw
Ø3.5 Ø 2.4 x 0.7 M1.6
Female Ø4.0
Hex Size screw
Ø4.5
Ø 2.7 x 0.7 M2
Ø5.0
Ø6.0
Widest thread
diameter
Platform
Fixture Size variation diameter
• Compatible with
- Small, Regular (Branemark)
- Wide, Super wide (3i)
Fixture Upper-thread Apex Length(mm) Platform

Diameter diameter diameter Diameter
Ø3.5 Ø3.9 Ø2.95 7.0 / 8.5 / 10.0 / 11.5 / 13.0 / 15.0 Ø3.5
Length
Ø4.0 Ø4.3 Ø3.40 7.0 / 8.5 / 10.0 / 11.5 / 13.0 / 15.0 Ø4.1
Ø4.5 Ø4.8 Ø3.90 7.0 / 8.5 / 10.0 / 11.5 / 13.0 / 15.0 Ø4.5
Ø5.0 Ø5.3 Ø4.40 7.0 / 8.5 / 10.0 / 11.5 / 13.0 / 15.0 Ø5.0
Ø6.0 Ø6.3 Ø5.40 7.0 / 8.5 / 10.0 / 11.5 / 13.0 / 15.0 Ø5.5
Apex diameter
Fixture diameter
Fixture Product » Ⅱ. Fixture Size AnyOne External
®
138 /139
Ⅱ. Fixture Size
AnyOne External ® Diameter(mm) Length(mm) Ref.C
Fixture 7.0 EF3507P
8.5 EF3508P
(Normal thread)
- Includes Fixture mount + Cover Screw S 10.0 EF3510P L
Ø3.5 11.5 EF3511P
13.0 EF3513P
15.0 EF3515P
7.0 EF4007P
8.5 EF4008P
R 10.0 EF4010P
Ø4.0 11.5 EF4011P
13.0 EF4013P
15.0 EF4015P
7.0 EF4507P
8.5 EF4508P
R 10.0 EF4510P
Ø4.5 11.5 EF4511P
13.0 EF4513P
15.0 EF4515P
7.0 EF5007P
8.5 EF5008P
W 10.0 EF5010P
Ø5.0 11.5 EF5011P
13.0 EF5013P
15.0 EF5015P
7.0 EF6007P
8.5 EF6008P
SW 10.0 EF6010P
Ø6.0 11.5 EF6011P
13.0 EF6013P
15.0 EF6015P
Fixture Mount Type Ref.C
- Small : Fixture mount screw (EFMSS) included S EFMST

- Regular & Wide : Fixture mount screw (EFMRS) 7.8
R EFMRT
included
W SW EFMWT
• Insertion : AnyOne Internal Handpiece connector
& Ratchet connector
Fixture Product » Ⅲ. Cover Screw & Healing Abutment

H
S SDC100
1.3 R RDC100
W SW
TWC100
S R W
Healing Abutment Diameter(mm) Height(mm) Ref.C
2.0 SDH402
3.0 SDH403 H
S
4.0 SDH404
Ø4.0
5.0 SDH405
7.0 SDH407
2.0 RDH502
3.0 RDH503
R
4.0 RDH504
Ø5.0
5.0 RDH505
7.0 RDH507
2.0 RDH602
3.0 RDH603
R
4.0 RDH604
Ø6.0
5.0 RDH605
7.0 RDH607
2.0 TWH602
3.0 TWH603
W
4.0 TWH604
Ø6.0
5.0 TWH605
7.0 TWH607
2.0 TWH702
3.0 TWH703
W
4.0 TWH704
Ø7.0
5.0 TWH705
7.0 TWH707
Esthetic Healing Diameter(mm) Height(mm) Ref.C H
Abutment S
2.5 AEHS302
3.5 AEHS303
• Helpful to maintain more thickness of soft tissue. Ø3.5
• Easy to make soft tissue closure against narrow 4.5 AEHS304
top.
2.5 AEHR402
R
3.5 AEHR403
Ø4.1
4.5 AEHR404
2.5 AEHW502
W
3.5 AEHW503
Ø5.0
4.5 AEHW504
Abutment & Prosthetic Options » Ⅰ. Fixture Level Prosthesis AnyOne External
®
140 /141

EZ post Milling Abutment Angled Abutment Zirconia Abutment Gold Abutment Plastic Abutment
Temporary Abutment
[Titanium]
Lab Analog
(Small/Regular/Wide)
Closed Tray/Simple case Open Tray/Complicated case
Impression Coping Impression Coping Impression Coping Impression Coping

[Transfer/Hex] [Transfer/Non-Hex] [Pick-up/Hex] [Pick-up/Non-Hex]
➲ Abutment Options & Components
EZ Post Diameter
(mm)
Cuff
Height(mm) Type Ref.C
- Abutment Screw( S SCS160/ R W RCS200) included
2.0 SCH428T
Hex
S 4.0 SCH448T
Ø4.0 2.0 SCN428T
Non-Hex C.H
4.0 SCN448T
1.0 RCH518T
R 2.0 RCH528T
Ø5.0 3.0 RCH538T
4.0 RCH548T
Hex
1.0 RCH618T
R 2.0 RCH628T
Ø6.0 3.0 RCH638T
4.0 RCH648T
1.0 RCN518T
R 2.0 RCN528T
Ø5.0 3.0 RCN538T
4.0 RCN548T
Non-Hex
1.0 RCN618T
R 2.0 RCN628T
Ø6.0 3.0 RCN638T
4.0 RCN648T
1.0 TWCH618T
2.0 TWCH628T
Hex
3.0 TWCH638T
W 4.0 TWCH648T
Ø6.0 1.0 TWCN618T
2.0 TWCN628T
Non-Hex
3.0 TWCN638T
4.0 TWCN648T
Impression Coping Type1 Type2 Height(mm) Ref.C
(Transfer Type) S Small SEIH400

- Included Guide pin, 1.2 Hex driver 2Piece R Regular REIH500
• Should be tightened with Impression Driver H
W SW Wide TEIH600
(Page.176) 12
• Special impression coping screw which can be S Small SEIN400
1Piece R Regular REIN500
request.
W SW Wide TEIN600
®
142 /143

Diameter(mm) Height(mm) Ref.C
(Pick up) S 4.0 AEXICH5307T

- Included Guide pin R Ø5.0 AEXICH5312T H
W Ø6.0 AEXICH5407T
12
S 4.0 AEXICH6407T
R Ø5.0 AEXICN6507T
W Ø6.0 AEXICN6512T
Lab Analog Type Ref.C
S Small SULA300
R Regular RULA300
W Wide TULA300
Temporary Abutment Diameter

(mm)
Cuff
Height(mm) Type Model Name
S Hex EZTH330T
Ø3.5 Non-Hex EZTN330T
R Hex EZTH400T
1.3 1.3
W Hex EZTH500T
Regular Abutment Diameter

(mm)
Cuff Height
(mm) Ref.C
- Included Regular Abutment Screw
1.0 RDE100T
2.0 RDE200T
Ø4.8
3.0 RDE300T
C.H
4.0 RDE400T
Regular Abutment
Profile Diameter (mm) Ref.C
5.0 REC600
Healing Cap
P.D
Milling Abutment Diameter

(mm)
Cuff
Height(mm) Type Ref.C
2.0 SCH429T
Hex
S 4.0 SCH449T
Ø4.0 C.H
2.0 SCN429T
Non-Hex
4.0 SCN449T
1.0 RCH519T
2.0 RCH529T
Hex
3.0 RCH539T
R 4.0 RCH549T
Ø5.0 1.0 RCN519T
2.0 RCN529T
Non-Hex
3.0 RCN539T
4.0 RCN549T
1.0 RCH619T
2.0 RCH629T
Hex
3.0 RCH639T
R 4.0 RCH649T
Ø6.0 1.0 RCN619T
2.0 RCN629T
Non-Hex
3.0 RCN639T
4.0 RCN649T
1.0 TWCH619T
2.0 TWCH629T
Hex
3.0 TWCH639T
W 4.0 TWCH649T
Ø6.0 1.0 TWCN619T
2.0 TWCN629T
Non-Hex
3.0 TWCN639T
4.0 TWCN649T
1.0 TWCH719T
2.0 TWCH729T
Hex
3.0 TWCH739T
W 4.0 TWCH749T
Ø7.0 1.0 TWCN719T
2.0 TWCN729T
Non-Hex
3.0 TWCN739T
4.0 TWCN749T
®
144 /145
Angled Abutment Diameter Cuff

(mm) Height(mm) Angle Type Ref.C
15
o
25o
2.0 SAA4152T
15°
S 4.0 SAA4154T
Ø4.0 2.0 SAA4252T
25° C.H
4.0 SAA4254T
2.0 RAA5152T
15°
R 4.0 Double- RAA5154T
Ø5.0 2.0 Hex RAA5252T
25°
4.0 RAA5254T
2.0 TWAA6152T
15°
W 4.0 TWAA6154T
Ø6.0 2.0 TWAA6252T
25°
4.0 TWAA6254T
Zirconia Abutment Diameter(mm) Type Ref.C

S Ø4.3 EEZS200T
x
• Presintered Zircornia Abutment.

• Preparable at the chair side with a diamond bur. R Ø5.0 Hex EEZR200T
W Ø6.0 EEZW200T
Gold Abutment Diameter

(mm)
Sleeve
Color Vision Type Ref.C
S White Non-Hex SUGA100T
Ø4.0 Red Hex SUGA200T
R White Non-Hex RUGA100T

Ø4.5 Red Hex RUGA200T
W White Non-Hex TUGA100T

Ø5.5 Red Hex TUGA200T
Plastic Abutment Diameter

(mm)
Sleeve
Color Vision Type Ref.C
S Red Hex SUPH100T
Ø4.0 White Non-Hex SUPN100T
R Red Hex RUPH100T

Ø4.5 White Non-Hex RUPN100T
W Red Hex TUPH100T

Ø5.5 White Non-Hex TUPN100T
Abutment & Protsthetic Options » Ⅱ. Overdenture Prosthesis
Ⅱ. Overdenture Prosthesis
Retentive Cap Set
Lab Analog
Impression Coping
Meg-Rhein Abutment
Abutment & Protsthetic Options » Ⅱ. Overdenture Prosthesis AnyOne External
®
146 /147
Meg-Rhein Package Type Cuff Height (mm) Ref.C 8.8
- 1 Meg-Rhein Abutment 2.0 EDS02

- 1 Plastic Carrier Small
S
4.0 EDS04
C.H
- 3 Retentive Caps 6.0 EDS06
2.0 EDR02
• Perfect compatibility with the Rhein83 from Italy. Regular
4.0 EDR04
• Recommend torque : 15Ncm. R
6.0 EDR06 Pin
Ye kC
2.0 EDW02 Bl llo ap
ac w
Wide M St k Ca
4.0 EDW04 wi eg- Ho ain Ca p
W SW th Rh us les p
a P ei ing s S
6.0 EDW06 las n A te
el
tic bu
Ca tme
rri nt
er
Overdenture System
Advantage

4.4mm 100
2.1mm 30º 80
27%
38% 37%
49%
Meg-Rhein 73
60 63
62
51
40
5.5mm
20
2.25mm
0
3
5.2mm 2
R2=0.85
2.3mm
1
Product P
0
1,000 Cycles
upon request
Abutment & Protsthetic Options » Ⅱ. Overdenture Prosthesis

140CET
cap(1.2kg).

white cap(1.8kg).
Housing 141CAE
• 2ea/pack

5.5
• 2ea/pack.
Abutment & Protsthetic Options » Ⅱ. Overdenture Prosthesis AnyOne External
®
148 /149
Meg-Rhein Ref.C
Lab Analog PLA
Retentive Cap Ref.C
Removal Tool 091EC

90
Retentive Cap Ref.C

40
Clinical Case
AnyOne External Clinical Case

➲ Clinical Case
Fig 1. #24 Missing case (buccal view)

Fig 2. AnyOne External 4.0 diameter 10mm
length fixture
Fig 3.Clinical Photograph of the implant
installation (One stage surgery), Intraoral
radiograph after placing the healing abut-
ment (One stage surgery)
Fig 4. Transfer type Impression coping for Fig 1
provisionalization
Fig 5. Intra-oral radiograph after provision-
alization
Fig 6. Final prosthesis in model (Buccal view)
Fig 7. Final prosthesis (Occusal view)
Fig 8. Clinical photograph after the final
restoration (Buccal view)
Fig 9. Clinical photograph after the final
restoration (Occusal view) Fig 2
Fig 10. Pick up type impression coping final
prosthesis
Fig 11. Intra-oral radiograph after final pros-
thesis
Fig 3
Fig 4 Fig 5
Clinical Case AnyOne External 150 /151
®
Fig 6 Fig 7
Fig 8 Fig 9
Fig 10 Fig 11
152 /153
MiNi ™
Key advantages
➲ Two piece type.
➲ Strong solution for narrow ridge
& Anterior small teeth.
➲ Mini, but mighty.

154 Ⅰ. Features
155 Fixture /
156 MiNi Overdenture Fixture
157 Abutment Prosthetic Options

160 Ⅱ. Overdenture Prosthesis
164 Clinical Case

Characteristics & Advantages » Ⅰ. Features

Ⅰ. Features
MiNi , but mighty

TM
- When compared with the company A, MiNi internal TM
fixture Ø3.0 has similar compressive strength, but

Ø3.25 fixture showed much higher value of strength
on the thin wall area of the fixture.
[ Compressive Strength]
800
784.4
750
Load (N)
700
650 676.6
657.1
600
550
500
MiNiTM MiNiTM Company A
Ø3.0 Ø3.25 Ø3.0
[ Wall Thickness]
Ø3.0 Ø3.4 Ø3.0
A
A A
B B B
11˚connection
MiNiTM MiNiTM Company A
Ø3.0 Ø3.25 Ø3.0
M1.4 Parallel MiNiTM MiNiTM

(unit : mm)
Company A
Abutment Screw wall thickness Ø3 Ø3.25 Ø3
1.7mm Hex A
B
0.28
0.31
0.47
0.42
0.34
0.44
Mechanical test using universal testing machine in accordance with ISO 14801,
XPEED
Surface treatment
Knife thread
Fixture Product » Ⅰ. Fixture / Cover Screw & Healing Abutment MiNi 154 /155
Fixture / Cover Screw & Healing Abutment
MiNi Fixture Diameter Length(mm) Ref.C

Ø3.0
• Platform diameter of Ø3.0 fixture is 3.0mm. 8.5 MIIF3008C

• Platform diameter of Ø3.25 fixture is 3.4mm.
10.0 MIIF3010C
L
Ø3.0 11.5 MIIF3011C
13.0 MIIF3013C
15.0 MIIF3015C
Ø3.4
8.5 MIIF3308C
10.0 MIIF3310C
Ø3.25 11.5 MIIF3311C L
13.0 MIIF3313C Ø3.25
15.0 MIIF3315C

0.5
• Recommended torque - Manual (5~10 Ncm).

0.5 MICS2505 Top view
• Only with finger force.
Healing Abutment Profile

Diameter Cuff Height(mm) Ref.C
• Recommended torque - Manual (5~10 Ncm).

1.0 MIHA3025
• Only with finger force.
C.H
1.5 MIHA3030
Ø3 2.5 MIHA3040
3.5 MIHA3050
4.5 MIHA3060
1.0 MIHA3525
1.5 MIHA3530 C.H
Ø3.5 2.5 MIHA3540
3.5 MIHA3550
4.5 MIHA3560
MiNi Overdenture Option
MiNi Overdenture Fixture
1. Product Concept 1. Fast osseointegration for thanks to our

SLA surface treatment.
2. Excellent for maxillary lateral incisor
and mandible anterior.
3. Easy-to-use, intuitive operation procedure.
4. Excellent esthetical design.
5. Minimize drilling sequence with 1-step
insertion.
MiNi Overdenture Fixture Diameter Cuff

Height(mm)
Length(mm) Ref.C
• 2.5 / 3.0 / 3.5mm of diameter and 2.0 / 4.0mm with 8.5 OF25208
8.5 / 10.0 / 11.5 / 13.0mm in length, it is easy to 10 OF25210 C.H
use in any circumstance. (100% compatible with Ø 2.5 2
Rhein83) 11.5 OF25211
13 OF25213
L
8.5 OF25408
10 OF25410
Ø 2.5 4 D
11.5 OF25411
13 OF25413
8.5 OF30208
10 OF30210
Ø 3.0 2
11.5 OF30211
13 OF30213
8.5 OF30408
10 OF30410
Ø 3.0 4
11.5 OF30411
13 OF30413
8.5 OF35208
10 OF35210
Ø 3.5 2
11.5 OF35211
13 OF35213
8.5 OF35408
10 OF35410
Ø 3.5 4
11.5 OF35411
13 OF35413
Abutment & Prosthetic Options » Ⅰ. Fixture Level Prosthesis MiNi 156 /157

EZ Post Milling Abutment Angled Abutment
Temporary Fuse
Abutment Abutment
Lab Analog
Closed tray Open tray

(Transfer) (Pick-up)

➲ Abutment Options & Components
MiNi EZ Post Profile Post

Diameter Height(mm)
Cuff Height
(mm)
Ref.C
- Abutment Screw(MIAS14) included 1.0 MIEP3505HT

• Recommended torque - 15 Ncm 5
1.5 MIEP3515HT C.H
Ø3.5 5.0 2.5 MIEP3525HT
3.5 MIEP3535HT Ø3.5
4.5 MIEP3545HT
1.0 MIEP3507HT
1.5 MIEP3517HT 7
C.H
Ø3.5 7.0 2.5 MIEP3527HT
3.5 MIEP3537HT
Ø3.5
4.5 MIEP3547HT
1.0 MIEP3509HT
1.5 MIEP3519HT
9
Ø3.5 9.0 2.5 MIEP3529HT
C.H
3.5 MIEP3539HT
4.5 MIEP3549HT
Ø3.5
MiNi Milling Abutment Profile Post

Diameter Height(mm)
Cuff Height
(mm)
Ref.C
- Abutment Screw(MIAS14) included 1.0 MIMA3005HT

• Recommended torque - 15 Ncm 5
1.5 MIMA3015HT C.H
Ø3.0 5.0 2.5 MIMA3025HT
3.5 MIMA3035HT P.D
4.5 MIMA3045HT
1.0 MIMA3007HT
1.5 MIMA3017HT
Ø3.0 7.0 2.5 MIMA3027HT
3.5 MIMA3037HT
4.5 MIMA3047HT
1.0 MIMA3009HT
1.5 MIMA3019HT
9
Ø3.0 9.0 2.5 MIMA3029HT C.H
3.5 MIMA3039HT
4.5 MIMA3049HT
Ø3.0
Abutment & Prosthetic Options » Ⅰ. Fixture Level Prosthesis MiNi 158 /159
MiNi Angled Abutment Profile Cuff Height Type

Diameter (mm)
Angle Ref.C
- Abutment Screw(MIAS14) included
2.5 MIAA3215HT 15°
Hex
15°
Hex-E
• Recommended torque - 15 Ncm

3.5 Hex MIAA3315HT
4.5 MIAA3415HT
Ø3.5 15°
2.5 MIAA3215ET C.H C.H
3.5 Hex-E MIAA3315ET

Ø3.5 Ø3.5
4.5 MIAA3415ET
MiNi Temporary Profile

Diameter
Length(mm) Ref.C 12
Abutment Ø3.0 12 MITA3012HT

- Abutment Screw(MIAS14) included
• Recommended torque - 10~15 Ncm
Ø3.0
Transfer type Pick-up type
MiNi Impression Profile Length(mm)

Diameter
Type Ref.C
Coping Ø3.5
14 Transfer MIIT3516HT
14 16
- Guide Pin included 16 Pick-up MIIP3516HT
• Guide Pin (Transfer type - MIGPT16
Pick-up type - MIGPP16)
• Transfer type : Should be tightened with
Impression Driver (Page.176) Ø3.5 Ø3.5
Special impression coping screw
which can be used with a 1.2mm
hex driver is available on request.
MiNi Lab Analog Length(mm) Ref.C

12
12 MILA300H
MiNi Fuse Abutment Labio- Mesio- C.H

lingual distal (mm)
P.H
(mm)
Type Ref.C
15°
Mesio-
distal
- Abutment Screw(MIAS14) + Fuse Cap included Straight MFAP3535P Labio-lingual

Ø5.0 Ø3.5 3.5 7.0
• Recommended torque - 10~15 Ncm Angled(15°) MFAA3315P P.H
• For the design concept and rationale of the Fuse Mesio-
distal
Abutment, please refer to Page.069 C.H
Labio-lingual
Ⅱ. Overdenture Prosthesis
Retentive Cap Set
Lab Analog
Impression Coping
Meg-Rhein Abutment
Abutment & Prosthetic Options » Ⅱ. Overdenture Prosthesis MiNi 160 /161
➲ Meg-Rhein Abutment & Components
Meg-Rhein Package Cuff Height (mm) Ref.C 8.8
- 1 Meg-Rhein Abutment 0 MDR00

- 1 Plastic Carrier
1.0 MDR01
C.H
- 3 Retentive Caps 2.0 MDR02
3.0 MDR03
4.0 MDR04
• Recommend torque : 15Ncm.
5.0 MDR05 Pin
Ye kC
6.0 MDR06 Bl llo ap
ac w
M St k Ca
wi eg- Ho ain Ca p
th Rh us les p
a P ei ing s S
las n A te
el
tic bu
Ca tme
rri nt
er
Overdenture System
Advantage

4.4mm 100
2.1mm 30º 80
27%
38% 37%
49%
Meg-Rhein 73
60 63
62
51
40
5.5mm
20
2.25mm
0
3
5.2mm 2
R2=0.85
2.3mm
1
Product P
0
1,000 Cycles
upon request
Abutment & Prosthetic Options » Ⅱ. Overdenture Prosthesis
• White cap (1.8kg) - For refill (4ea/pack).

140CET
cap(1.2kg).

white cap(1.8kg).
Housing 141CAE
• 2ea/pack

5.5
• 2ea/pack.
Abutment & Prosthetic Options » Ⅱ. Overdenture Prosthesis MiNi 162 /163
Meg-Rhein Ref.C
Lab Analog PLA
Retentive Cap Ref.C
Removal Tool 091EC

90
Retentive Cap Ref.C

40
Clinical Case
MiNi Clinical Case

➲ Clinical Case
- Courtesy of Dr. Achraf Souayah
Fig 1. Intra-oral initial situation, front view

Fig 2. DSD analysis. The yellow dotes
shows where the right canine should be
moved for better smile outcome
Fig 3. Details of incision design. Front view
Fig 4. Final Drills in sites, front view. Flap
was elevated and two osteotomy sockets
were made for 3.0 mm Mini fixtures.
Fig 5. Implant placement on site # 22.
There was enough bone left labio-lingually
even at this thin ridge. There was no bone
defect.
Fig 6. Occlusal view of the placed implants,
0.5 mm sub-crestally. Two 3.0*13mm
MiNi implants were placed with excellent
primary stability.
Fig 7. Sutured implant sites. Frontal view
Fig 8. Sutured implant sites, occlusal
views & Post-operative retro-alveolar
radiographs
Fig 9. Healed sites at 2 months recall, oc-
clusal view
Fig 10. Different views of the copings
placed over the EZ Posts Fig 1
Fig 11. Views of the temporary crowns

with clean margins and concave buccal
contour
Fig 12. Clinical photo of the intra-oral
solidarization of the prefabricated teeth to
the copings
Fig 13. Clinical photo immediately after
temporary crown cementation. Notice the
vertical position of the gingival margins of Fig 1
the laterals.
Fig 14. Temporary smile of the patient im-
mediately after temporay cementation of
the provisionals.
Fig 3 Fig 4
Fig 5 Fig 6
Clinical Case MiNi 164 /165
Fig 7 Fig 8
Fig 9 Fig 10
Fig 11
Fig 12 Fig 13
Fig 14
166 /167
MegaGen Kit
MegaGen Kit
168 AnyRidge Kit

168 Ⅰ. Abutment Selection Guide Kit
169 Ⅱ. Surgical Kit
175 Ⅲ. Prosthetic Kit
177 Ⅳ. Bone Profiler Kit
178 Ⅴ. Optional Components
180 AnyOne Internal / External Kit

180 Ⅰ. Surgical Kit
187 Ⅱ. Stopper Drill Kit
188 Ⅲ. Prosthetic Kit
190 Ⅳ. Bone Profiler Kit
191 Ⅴ. Optional Components
194 MiNi™ Kit
196 911 Kit
201 R2 Kit
201 Ⅰ. R2 Universal Kit
206 Ⅱ. R2 Full Surgical Kit
206 1. AnyRidge System
208 2. AnyOne System
210 Ⅲ. Anchor Kit
AnyRidge Kit » Ⅰ. Abutment Selection Guide Kit
AnyRidge Kit
Ⅰ. AnyRidge Abutment Ref.C
Selection Guide Kit

KANASG3000
For the best selection of abutments.

• Colors indicate different cuff heights (Yellow : 2mm, White : 3mm, Pink : 4mm, Red : 5mm).
• Store 2 pieces in each container.
• Autoclavable to sterilize.
Straight type Angle type(15°) Angle type(25°)

AnyRidge Kit » Ⅱ. Surgical Kit MegaGen Kit 168 /169
Ⅱ. AnyRige Surgical Kit Ref.C
: Standard Type
KARIN3003
Direction Indicator Path Finder

(for osteotomy sockets) (for pre-placed fixtures)
Ratchet
Torque Wrench
Lance Drill
Cortical Bone Drill
Drill Extension
Handpiece
Connector Ratchet Connector Hand Driver Abutment Removal Driver
Marking Drill
AnyRidge Kit » Ⅱ. Surgical Kit
Ⅱ. AnyRige Surgical Kit

Ref.C
KARIN3001
: Full Type
Easier and safer to drill for the depth as you need
with the stopper drills.
Direction Indicator Path Finder

(for osteotomy sockets) (for pre-placed fixtures)
Ratchet
Torque Wrench
Cortical Bone Drill
Lance Drill
Handpiece
Connector
Ratchet Connector
Drill Extension Point Trephine Bur Trephine Bur Abutment Hand Driver
Removal Driver
Marking Drill
Stopper Drill
➲ Surgical Kit Components
Lance Drill Diameter Type Ref.C
• Useful to make an indentation on cortical bone to Ø2.0 Long MGD100L

confirm the exact drilling location.
• Advisable to go into the bone to the full length of
15
a fixture. 10
2.0
Marking Drill Diameter Length (mm) Ref.C
• Each drill has calibrations from 7.0 to 18.0mm. Ø2.0 TANTDF2018

(TANSDF4815, TANSDF5415, TANSDF5915 have
Ø2.5 SD2518S
calibrations up to 15.0mm)
• Easy to recognize by dual marking systems.(Groove Ø2.8 SD2818S
and laser marking) 18
Ø3.3 TANSDF3318
Ø3.8 TANSDF3818
Ø4.3 TANSDF4318
Ø4.8 TANSDF4815
Ø5.4 15 TANSDF5415
Ø5.9 TANSDF5915
Stopper Drill Diameter Length (mm) Ref.C
7 TANTDF2007
8.5 TANTDF2008
Ø2.0
10 TANTDF2010
11.5 TANTDF2011
7 SD2807M
L
8.5 SD2808M
Ø2.8
10 SD2810M
11.5 SD2811M
7 TANSDF3307
8.5 TANSDF3308
Ø3.3
10 TANSDF3310
11.5 TANSDF3311
7 TANSDF4807
8.5 TANSDF4808
Ø4.8 L
10 TANSDF4810
11.5 TANSDF4811 D
Point Trephine Bur Diameter Ref.C
Ø5.0 (In.Ø4.0) SPTB4050
5.0
Trephine Bur Diameter Type Ref.C
• Minimizes the drilling steps needed, especially for Ø3.5 (in Ø2.5) TANTBL2535
wider fixtures.
Ø5.0 (in Ø4.0) TANTBL4050
• Helpful for collecting autogenous bone. Short 32
• Useful for removing failed and fractured fixtures. Ø6.0 (in Ø5.0) *TANTBL5060
• Depth markings are 7, 8.5, 10, 11.5, 13mm, same
Ø7.0 (in Ø6.0) *TANTBL6070
depths as fixtures. (No Y dimension so markings
are actual length). Ø3.5 (in Ø2.5) *TANTBE2535
• Markings on the drill shaft represent the inside / D
outside diameter of Trephine Burs. Ø5.0 (in Ø4.0) *TANTBE4050
Long
Ø6.0 (in Ø5.0) *TANTBE5060
Ø7.0 (in Ø6.0) *TANTBE6070
(*) Separate sales item.

3.5, 5.0 Trephine Bur are included in Surgical kit.
38
Cortical Drill Diameter Ref.C
• Removes cortical bone and enlarges osteotomy Diameter 1

Ø3.5 TANCDL3500
socket especially at hard bone. Diameter 2
• Similar function with countersink drill of other Ø4.0~ Ø5.5 TANCDL4055
systems.
• Each drill has two steps of diameter for convenience. Ø6.0~ Ø8.0 TANCDL6080
Handpiece Connector Length (mm) Type Ref.C

Ultra short Short Long MiNi
• Delivers torque for the placement of a fixture with 5 *Ultra short TANHCU
a handpiece.
• Easy and secure pick-up and delivery. 10 Short TANHCS
• Used to place an implant without a mount.
15 Long TANHCL
• Marks on the shaft can indicate the position of
fixture platform, especially in flapless surgery. 10 Short (MiNi) HCS17
L
15 Long (MiNi) HCL17
Option
Ultra short Short Long MiNi

Length (mm) Type Ref.C
Ratchet Connector 6 *Ultra short TANREU
• Delivers torque for the placement or removal of a
fixture with a Ratchet Wrench. 10 Short TANRES
• Secure a Ratchet Extension or Torque Wrench to a L
15 Long TANREL
fixture before exerting force.
• Too much torque force can result a damage to the hex 15 Short(MiNi) RCS17 Option
of a fixture.
• Marks on the shaft can indicate the position of
20 Long (MiNi) RCL17
fixture platform, especially for flapless surgery. (*) Separate sales item.
Hand Driver (1.2 Hex) Length(mm) Type Ref.C
• Used for all Cover Screws, all Abutment Screws 5 *Ultra-short TCMHDU1200
and all Healing Abutments.
10 Short TCMHDS1200
• Available in 4 lengths for convenience.
• Hand Driver can be directly inserted into the 15 Long TCMHDL1200
Torque Wrench without using an adapter. Option
20 *Extra-long TCMHDE1200
• Hex tip can withstand 35-45Ncm of torque without
distortion. L
Option
Abutment Removal Length (mm) Ref.C
Driver 17.5 TANMRD18
• Used to remove final abutment ; use after removing 25.0 *TANMRD25

Abutment Screw.
• Insert straight into the abutment and rotate clockwise. (*) Separate sales item. L
• Long Abutment Removal Driver is for disconnecting
an abutment with a cemented crown.
Option
Drill Extension Ref.C
• Extends drills & other handpiece tools. MDE150

• No more than 35Ncm torque : Can be distorted
when too much force is applied.
Ø2.8 Ø4.7
Direction Indicator Length (mm) Ref.C 8 8

• Confirms drilling direction and location during drilling.
• Checks drilling position. Ø1.9 / Ø2.8 MDI2029 2 2
Ø3.2 / Ø4.7 MDI3348

8 8
Ø1.9 Ø3.2
Path Finder Length (mm) Ref.C
• After placing a fixture, a Path Finder can be con-

10 TANPFF3580 L
nected to guide parallel for the next implant.
• Gingival depth can be measured with the grooves
especially for flapless surgeries.
Torque Wrench Type Ref.C

Torque Wrench
& Adapter Torque Wrench MTW300A
• Torque Wrench has torque options from 15Ncm *Torque Wrench Adapter(Handpiece) TTAI100
to 45Ncm and is used for the placement of an
Torque Wrench Adapter(Ratchet) TTAR100 Torque Wrench Adapter
implant and final tightening of the Abutment Screw.
Handpiece Ratchet
AnyRidge Kit » Ⅲ. Prosthetics Kit MegaGen Kit 174 /175
Ⅲ. AnyRidge Prosthetic Kit Ref.C
KANPK3000
A kit with all kinds of driver that are needed for

prosthetics.
Ratchet
Refer to P.age 174
Impression
Driver
Abutment
Removal Driver
Ball Driver
Refer to Page. 174
Hand Driver
Refer to Page. 173
Octa Driver Solid Driver

AnyRidge Kit » Ⅲ. Prosthetics Kit
➲ Prosthetic Kit Components
AnyRidge Solid Driver Solid Abutment

Profile Diameter
Length(mm) Ref.C
• For the delivery of Solid Abutments. 8.5 TANSDS400

• Color coded for different profile diameters. (Ø4- Ø4
magenta, Ø5-blue, Ø6-yellow, Ø7-green)
13.5 *TANSDL400
• Two different heights. (8.5 / 13.5mm) 8.5 TANSDS500
• Directly connectable to Torque Wrench. Ø5
13.5 *TANSDL500
L
8.5 TANSDS600
Ø6
13.5 *TANSDL600
8.5 TANSDS700
Ø7
13.5 *TANSDL700
Octa Driver Length (mm) Ref.C
• For seating of the Octa Abutment into the fixture. 7 MOD300S

• Can also be connected to Torque Wrench. L
13 MOD300L
Ball Driver Type Ref.c

Handpiece
Connector
Rachet
Connector Torque Driver
• For seating of the Ball Abutment into the fixture. *Handpiece Connector(Short) TBH250S
• Can connect to a Handpiece, Ratchet or Torque Wrench.
• Available in long and short.
*Handpiece Connector(Long) TBH250L
*Ratchet Connector(Short) TBR250S
*Ratchet Connector(Long) TBR250L
*Toque Driver(Short) TBT250S

Option Option Option
Toque Driver(Long) TBT250L
Transfer Impression Type Ref.C
Coping Driver For Two piece

impression Coping TCMID
• For transfer type of Impression Coping.
For One piece
• Works with friction only. TCMIDE
impression Coping
• Small but powerful grip.
1 2 3 4
1. Connect Impression Coping and Impression Driver together

2. Adjust Connection with a Fixture by turning a Holder clockwise.
3. Push the Holder and put the Impression Coping into the Fixture.
4. Turn the Driver clockwise to ensure connection of the Impression Coping and Fixture.
AnyRidge Kit » Ⅳ. Bone Profiler Kit MegaGen Kit 176 /177
Ⅳ. AnyRidge Bone Profiler Kit Ref.C
KARBP3000
Removes the overhanged bone around a fixture to allow

adequate seating of a Healing Abutment or a Prosthetic
Abutment.
• Place a Guide Pin into a fixture and choose a Bone Profiler which fits with the
situation.
• Four different sizes of bone profiler and four guide pins are included in the kit.
Bone Profiler Kit
Bone Profiler Profile Diameter Length (mm) Ref.C Bone profiler
& Guide pin Ø4

13
TANBPL40G
• Each bone profiler can be purchased separately Ø5 TANBPL50G

for refill. Guide pin
• Each pakage includes a bone profiler and a guide Ø6 TANBPS60G
pin. 8
Ø7 TANBPS70G
L
AnyRidge Kit » Ⅴ. Optional components
Ⅴ. Optional components
- not included in the surgical kit
- can be purchased separately and placed into the ‘option’ spaces provided in the
surgical kit
Right Angle Driver Tip Length(mm) Type Ref.C
• Used for all Cover Screws, all abutment screws 4 Ultra-short MDR120SS
• Hex tip can withstand 35-45Ncm of torque 10 Short MDR120S
without distorting. Hex 1.2
15 Long MDR120L L
20 Extra Long MDR120EL
Lindermann Drill Diameter(mm) Ref.C

• Cross cut on the drill.
• Can correct the path during drilling. 2 TEEL200M
Insert Driver Length(mm) Type Ref.C

• Used for all Cover Screws, all abutment
screws and all Healing Abutments. 10 Short MID120S
• Hex tip can withstand 35-45Ncm of torque Hex 1.2
15 Long MID120L
without distorting. L
Hand Tap Type Ref.C
• Useful when the internal screw of a fixture is M1.8 THT180L

damaged.
• Retapping damaged threads.
• Need to be patient and force-controlled.
Multi-unit Driver (2.0 Hex) Length(mm) Type Ref.C
(For Multi-unit Abutment) 10 Short TCMMUDS20

• For the seating & tightening of multi-unit Abutment 15 Long TCMMUDL20
(Straight type) L
AnyRidge Kit » Ⅴ. Optional components MegaGen Kit 178 /179
Manual Inserter Ref.C
• Specially designed for manual placement of Any-

TANMI
Ridge fixture.
• Especially useful at immediate implant placement
on maxillary anterior.
• The tip has same structure with the hand-piece
connector.
Reamer Drill Diameter Type Ref.C
& Center Pin Ø10.0 Reamer Drill TANRD

• Removes inner lip of the cast after casting Burn-out Ø4.0 TANRDJ40
Cylinders of Solid Abutment.
Ø5.0 TANRDJ50
• Center Pin have 4 different diameters according to
Center Pin
the profile diameter of Solid Abutments. Ø6.0 TANRDJ60
Ø7.0 TANRDJ70
Trephine Bur Stopper Length (mm) Ref.C

Connection
• Controls the depth of trephination with a Stopper

7.0 TANTSF2307
placed into the Trephine.
Trephine Bur Stopper
• Especially useful in cases with limited availabe bone 8.5 TANTSF2308
from important anatomy.
10.0 TANTSF2310 7
L 8.5
10
11.5 TANTSF2311
Bottom Drill Diameter Length Ref.C
• It removes remaining bone in osteotomy socket after

Ø3.3 TCMBDS33
trephine drilling.
• It imprints the sizes of fixtures, for example 7, 8.5, 10, Ø3.8 TCMBDS38
11.5 and 13mm, by laser marker. Short
Ø4.8 TCMBDS48
(32mm)
Ø5.8 TCMBDS58
Type
Ø6.8 TCMBDS68
Ø3.3 TCMBDL33
Ø3.8 TCMBDL38 13
11.5 (13.5)
Long 8.5 10 (12)
Ø4.8
(38mm)
TCMBDL48 7 (9) (10.5)
(7.5)
Ø5.8 TCMBDL58
Ø6.8 TCMBDL68 D
Ratchet Wrench Ref.C

• Used to exert more force than handpiece.
• No bearing system : No breakage and corrosion MRW040S
problems.
• Attaches to Ratchet Extension.
• Arrow laser marking indicates direction of force.
AnyOne Internal / External Kit » Ⅰ. Surgical Kit
AnyOne Internal / External Kit

Ⅰ. AnyOne Internal / External Ref.C
Surgical Kit +Option

KAOIN3003
Dense Drill
Ratchet Wrench
Direction Indicator
Path Finder
Handpiece
& Ratchet Connector
Initial Drill
Drill
Extension
Hand Driver (0.9Hex)
Hand Driver
Shaping Drill
Handpiece Connector Ratchet Connector

AnyOne Internal / External Kit » Ⅰ. Surgical Kit MegaGen Kit 180 /181
Shaping Drill
• Each drill has depth marking lines from
7.0mm to 15.0mm
• The dual marking system (grooves and
laser markings) provides visual and radio
15.0mm
graphic depth verification during surgery.
13.0mm
11.5mm
10.0mm
8.5mm
7.0mm
※ To place a Ø5.0 x 10mm length fixture, the required bone depth would be 10.89mm.
For example : 0.5mm(subcrestal concept) + 0.89mm(Y dimension of drill tip) + 9.5mm (fixture length)
0.5mm
Subcrestal concept ※ Actual drill length : Drill length does
not normally include the Y dimen-
sion of the drill.
Ø5.0 Ø5.0 9.5mm
Fixture length ※ Markings on the Shapping Drill
are 0.5mm longer than the fixture
so fixtures will automatically be
0.89mm placed 0.5mm subcrestally if the
Y length drilling protocol is followed.
Drill Diameter Ø2.8 Ø3.3 Ø3.6 Ø4.2 Ø4.8 Ø5.8 Ø6.9

Y length 0.58 0.59 0.68 0.85 0.89 0.94 0.94
Dense Drill
• To control initial stability in dense bone D2 Bone D1 Bone
(type I & II), use the Dense Drill to remove
In type ll bone, In type l bone,
and shape the cortical bone. drill to the first line. drill to the second line.
Handpiece & Ratchet Connector

Gingival Bone level Gingival Fixture
4mm
3mm
3mm
level level level

0.5mm 0.5mm
The platform line of the

Handpiece Connector or
the Ratchet Connector ※ Fixture level : Placement should be 0.5mm subcrestal.
must be seated flush ※ Gingival level : The line is 3mm above the bone level line
with the fixture platform. and 3.5mm above the platform line
➲ Surgical drilling sequence

- AnyOne fixtures offer optimum initial stability when they are used with the follow-
ing drill sequence guide, AnyOne implants should be placed 0.5mm subcrestally.
Initial Final Drill

Drill Ø2.8 Ø3.3
Ø3.5 Fixture
mm Ø3.5 drilling sequence
IF3510 0.5
Ø3.5
10.0mm
9.5mm
Ø3.5 drill depth is 10.59mm.
Initial Final Drill

Drill Ø2.8 Ø3.3 Ø3.6
Ø4.0 Fixture
IF4010 0.5
10.0mm
Ø4.0
9.5mm
Initial Final Drill

Drill Ø2.8 Ø3.3 Ø3.6 Ø4.2
Ø4.5 Fixture
mm
IF4510 0.5 Ø4.5 drilling sequence
Ø4.5
10.0mm
9.5mm

Initial Final Drill

Drill Ø2.8 Ø3.3 Ø3.6 Ø4.2 Ø4.8
Ø5.0 Fixture
mm
IF5010 0.5 Ø5.0 drilling sequence
10.0mm
Ø5.0
9.5mm
Initial Final Drill

Drill Ø2.8 Ø3.3 Ø3.6 Ø4.2 Ø4.8 Ø5.8
Ø6.0 Fixture
IF6010 0.5
10.0mm
Ø6.0
9.5mm
Initial Final Drill

Drill Ø2.8 Ø3.3 Ø3.6 Ø4.2 Ø4.8 Ø5.8 Ø6.9
Ø7.0 Fixture
IF7010 0.5
10.0mm
Ø7.0
9.5mm

Initial Drill Diameter Length(mm) Ref.C
• Used to pierce the cortical bone initially. 33 ID1818S

• Advisable to go into the bone to the full length Ø1.8 38 *ID1818M
of a fixture.
43 *ID1818L
Shaping Drill Diameter Length(mm) Ref.C
• Each drill has depth marking lines from 7.0mm 33 SD2018S

to 15.0mm. Ø2.0 38 *SD2018M
• The dual marking system(grooves and laser
markings) provides visual and radiographic depth
43 *SD2018L
verification during surgery. 33 SD2518S
• TiN coating on drills : Enhanced corrosion resist-
Ø2.5 38 *SD2518M
ance and abrasion resistance.
43 *SD2518L
33 SD2818S
Ø2.8 38 *SD2818M
43 *SD2818L
33 SD3318S
Ø3.3 38 *SD3318M
43 *SD3318L
33 SD3618S
Ø3.6 38 *SD3618M
43 *SD3618L
33 SD4218S
Ø4.2 38 *SD4218M
43 *SD4218L
33 SD4818S
Ø4.8 38 *SD4818M
43 *SD4818L
33 SD5818S
Ø5.8 38 *SD5818M
43 *SD5818L
33 SD6918S
Ø6.9 38 *SD6918M
43 *SD6918L
Dense Drill Diameter Type Ref.C
• Used to remove and shape cortical bone to Ø3.9 DD39

control initial stability in dense bone (type
Ø4.3 DD43
I & II).
• TiN coating on drills : Enhanced corrosion Ø4.8 DD48
resistance and abrasion resistance. Long
Ø5.3 DD53
Ø6.3 DD63
Ø7.3 DD73
Handpiece AnyOne MiNi

System Type Ref.C
Connector *Ultra-short HCU25
• Used with Handpiece to remove fixture from AnyOne Short HCS25

ampule and to place the fixture.
Long HCL25
• Spring type connection allows for easy and
secure pick-up and positioning of the fixture. Short HCS17
• First mark on the shaft indicate the position of the MiNi Option
fixture platform, For second mark, the bottom of Long HCL17
the black line is 3mm and the top of the black line
is 4mm(from fixture platform). (*) Separate sales item.
• Especially useful in flapless surgery.
AnyOne MiNi
Ratchet Connector System Type Ref.C
• Used for inserting or removing a fixture with the *Ultra-short RCU25

Ratchet Wrench.
• Check to make sure the Ratchet Connector is AnyOne Short RCS25
completely seated into the Ratchet Wrench before
Long RCL25
using.
• Excessive force can cause damage to internal hex of Short RCS17 Option
fixture. MiNi
• Marks on the shaft indicate the position of fixture Long RCL17
platform. Bottom of the black line is 3mm and top
of black line is 4mm(from fixture platform).
• Especially useful in flapless surgery.
• Used for all Cover Screws, abutment screws, and 5 *Ultra-short TCMHDU1200
Healing Abutments.
• Available in 4 lengths for added convenience. 10 Short TCMHDS1200
• Hand Driver can be directly inserted into the Torque
15 Long TCMHDL1200 Option
Wrench without using an adaptor.
L
• Hex tip can withstand 35-45Ncm of torque without 20 *Extra-long TCMHDE1200
distorting.
Option
• Used for AnyOne External fixture cover screw. 5 *Ultra-short TCMHDU0900

• Available in 3 lengths for convenience.
• Hand Driver can be directly inserted into the to 10 Short TCMHDS0900
Torque Wrench without using an adaptor.
15 Long TCMHDL0900
• Hex tip can with stand 25-35Ncm of torque without Option L
distorting. (*) Separate sales item.
Drill Extension Ref.C
• No more than 35Ncm torque : May distorted when MDE150

excessive force is applied.
• Extends drills & other handpiece instruments.
Ø2.8
Direction Indicator Diameter Ref.C
• Confirms drilling direction and functions as a parallel Ø2.0 ~ Ø2.8 MDI100

guide for additional osteotomies.
• Each end of the Direction Indicator has a different
diameter
- Ø2.0 and Ø2.8.
Ø2.0
Path Finder Length(mm) Ref.C
• After the fixture is placed, a Path Finder may be con- 15 PF 15

nected into the fixture and function as a parallel guide
for additional osteotomies.
• Grooves indicate the distance from the fixture
platform.The first groove is 0.3mm and the second
groove is 1mm, especially useful in flapless surgery.
• Used to exert more force than the Handpiece. MRW040S

• No bearing system : No breakage and no corrosion
problems.
AnyOne Internal / External Kit » Ⅱ. Stopper Drill Kit MegaGen Kit 186 /187
Ⅱ. AnyOne Internal / External Ref.C
Stopper Drill Kit

KAOSS3000
AnyOne Stopper Drill Kit helps to drill safely and

conveniently to a desired depth.
Ø2.0 Ø2.8 Ø3.3 Ø3.6 Ø4.2 Ø4.8
7mm
8.5mm
AnyOne
R
Stopper Drill Kit

10mm
11.5mm
OPTION
Stopper Drill Diameter Length(mm) Ref.C
7 SD2007M
8.5 SD2008M
Ø2.0
10 SD2010M
11.5 SD2011M
7 SD2807M L
8.5 SD2808M
Ø2.8
10 SD2810M
11.5 SD2811M
7 SD3307M
8.5 SD3308M
Ø3.3
10 SD3310M
11.5 SD3311M
7 SD3607M
8.5 SD3608M
Ø3.6
10 SD3610M
11.5 SD3611M
7 SD4207M
8.5 SD4208M
Ø4.2
10 SD4210M
11.5 SD4211M
7 SD4807M
8.5 SD4808M
Ø4.8
10 SD4810M
11.5 SD4811M
7 SD5807M
8.5 SD5808M
*Ø5.8
10 SD5810M
11.5 SD5811M
7 SD6907M
8.5 SD6908M
*Ø6.9
10 SD6910M
11.5 SD6911M
(*) Separate sales item. Option Option
AnyOne Internal / External Kit » Ⅲ. Prosthetics Kit
Ⅲ. AnyOne Internal / External Ref.C
Prosthetics Kit
KAOPK3000
Torque Wrench
Octa Driver
Impression Driver
Hand Driver
Refer to Page. 173
Ball Abutment Driver Solid Driver

AnyOne Internal / External Kit » Ⅲ. Prosthetics Kit MegaGen Kit 188 /189
➲ Prosthetic kit Components
& Adapter Torque Wrench MTW300A
• Torque Wrench has torque options from 15Ncm to *Torque Wrench Adapter(Handpiece) TTAI100
Handpiece Ratchet
45Ncm and is used for final tightening of the abut- Torque Wrench Adapter(Ratchet) TTAR100
ment screw into the fixture
AnyOne Solid Driver Diameter Length(mm) Type Ref.C
• For seating the Solid Abutment into the fixture. 6 Short SDS40
Ø4.0
• Connected to Torque Wrench as well. 12 Long SDL40
• Color coded for different profile diameters. 6 Short SDS45
(Magenta : PD ø 4.0, Blue : PD ø 4.5, Yellow : PD Ø4.5
12 Long SDL45
ø5.5, Green : PD ø 6.5)
• Two different length s(6mm/ 12mm). 6 Short SDS55
Ø5.5
12 Long SDL55
6 Short SDS65 L
Ø6.5
12 Long SDL65
Octa Driver Length(mm) Ref.C
• For seating the Octa Abutment onto the fixture. 7 MOD300S

13 MOD300L L
• Can also be connected to Torque Wrench.
Ball Driver Type Ref.C
• For seating the Ball Abutment into the fixture. *Handpiece Connector(Short) TBH250S
• Can connect to a Handpiece, Ratchet or Torque *Handpiece Connector(Long) TBH250L
Wrench. *Ratchet Extension(Short) TBR250S
• Available in long or short.
*Ratchet Extension(Long) TBR250L
*Torque Driver(Short) TBT250S Handpiece Ratchet Extension Torque Driver
Connector
Torque Driver(Long) TBT250L
Option Option Option
Trensfer Impression Type Ref.C
Coping Driver For Two piece

impression Coping TCMID
• For transfer type of Impression Coping. For One piece TCMIDE

• Works with friction only. impression Coping
• Small but powerful grip.
1 2 3 4
1. Connect Impression Coping and Impression Driver together

2. Adjust Connection with a Fixture by turning a Holder clockwise.
3. Push the Holder and put the Impression Coping into the Fixture.
4. Turn the Driver clockwise to ensure connection of the Impression Coping and Fixture.
AnyOne Internal / External Kit » Ⅳ. Bone Profiler Kit
Ⅳ. AnyOne Bone Profiler Kit Ref.C
KAOBP3000
Removes the overhanged bone around a fixture to allow

adequate seating of a Healing Abutment or a Prosthetic
Abutment.
• Place a Guide Pin into a fixture and choose a Bone Profiler which fits with the
situation.
• Four different sizes of bone profiler and four guide pins are included in the kit.
Bone Profiler Kit
Bone Profiler Profile Diameter Length (mm) Ref.C Bone profiler
& Guide pin Ø4

13
AOBP40G
• Each bone profiler can be purchased separately Ø5 AOBP50G

for refill. Guide pin
• Each pakage includes a bone profiler and a guide Ø6 AOBP60G
pin. 8
Ø7 AOBP40G
L
AnyOne Internal / External Kit » Ⅴ. Optional components MegaGen Kit 190 /191
Ⅴ. Optional components
- not included in a surgical kit
- may be purchased separately and placed in the spaces provided in the surgical kit
Right Angle Driver Tip Length(mm) Type Ref.C
• Used for all Cover Screws, all abutment screws 4 Ultra-short MDR090SS
• Hex tip can withstand 35-45Ncm of torque
10 Short Hex 0.9 MDR090S
without distorting.
15 Long MDR090L
• Hex 0.9 for AnyOne External.
• Hex 1.2 for AnyOne Internal. 4 Ultra-short MDR120SS
10 Short MDR120S
Hex 1.2 L
15 Long MDR120L
20 Extra Long MDR120EL
Lindermann Drill Diameter(mm) Ref.C

• Cross cut on the drill.
• Can correct the path during drilling. 2 TEEL200M
Insert Driver Length(mm) Type Ref.C

• Used for all Cover Screws, all abutment
screws and all Healing Abutments. 10 Short MID120S
• Hex tip can withstand 35-45Ncm of torque
Hex 1.2
15 Long MID120L
without distorting. L
Hand Tap Type Ref.C
• Useful when the internal screw of a fixture is dam- M2.0 THT200L

aged.
• Retapping damaged threads.
• Need to be patient and force-controlled.
AnyOne Internal / External Kit » Ⅴ. Optional components
Trephine Bur Stopper Length (mm) Ref.C

Connection
• Controls the depth of trephination with a Stopper

placed into the Trephine. 7.0 TANTSF2307
• Especially useful in cases with limited availabe bone
8.5 TANTSF2308
from important anatomy.
10.0 TANTSF2310
11.5 TANTSF2311
Trephine Bur Stopper
7 8.5
L 10
Bottom Drill Diameter Type Ref.C
• It removes remaining bone in osteotomy socket after Ø3.3 TCMBDS33

trephine drilling.
• It imprints the sizes of fixtures, for example 7, 8.5, 10, Ø3.8 TCMBDS38
11.5 and 13mm, by laser marker. Short
Ø4.8 TCMBDS48
(32mm)
Ø5.8 TCMBDS58 Type
Ø6.8 TCMBDS68
Ø3.3 TCMBDL33 13
11.5 (13.5)
Ø3.8 TCMBDL38 8.5 10 (12)
Long
7 (9) (10.5)
Ø4.8 TCMBDL48 (7.5)
(38mm)
Ø5.8 TCMBDL58
D
Ø6.8 TCMBDL68
Reamer Drill Diameter Type Ref.C
& Center Pin Ø10.0 Reamer Drill TANRD

• Removes inner lip of the cast after casting Burn-out Ø4.0 RDJ40
Cylinders of Solid Abutment.
• Center Pin have 4 different diameters according to Ø5.0 RDJ50
the profile diameter of Solid Abutments. Center Pin
Ø6.0 RDJ60
Ø7.0 RDJ70
AnyOne Internal / External Kit » Ⅴ. Optional components MegaGen Kit 192 /193
Slot Driver Length(mm) Type Ref.C
(Slotted type) 10 Short SDS06
• Useful for the placement or removal of AnyOne 15 Middle SDM06

L
Healing Abutment which has slot on the top. 20 Long SDL06
Multi-unit Driver (2.0 Hex) Length(mm) Type Ref.C
(For Multi-unit Abutment) 10 Short TCMMUDS20

• For the seating & tightening of multi-unit Abutment 15 Long TCMMUDL20
(Straight type) L
• Used to exert more force than handpiece. MRW040S

• No bearing system : No breakage and corrosion
problems.
• Attaches to Ratchet Extension.
MiNi Kit » Ⅰ. Surgical Kit
MiNi Kit
Ⅰ. MiNi Surgical Kit
The instruments of MiNi Internal system are included in AnyRidge & AnyOne surgical kit.
※Even the customers who do not use AnyRidge & AnyOne Internal System can experience MiNi System
at any time by purchasing only six instruments separately.
Ø2.0 / Ø2.9 Ø3.3 / Ø4.8 PATH FINDER
TORQUE WRENCH
DIRECTION INDICATOR
Type Ref.C
LANCE Ø2.0 Ø2.5 Ø2.8 Ø3.3 Ø3.8 Ø4.3 Ø4.8 Ø5.4 Ø5.9
DRILL
Short HCS17
Ø3.3 / Ø3.8 Ø4.1 / Ø4.4 Ø5.7 / Ø6.0 CORTICAL
BONE DRILL
Long HCL17
Ø3.25
Ø3.5
Ø4.0
Ø4.5
Ø5.0
Ø5.5
Ø6.0
Ø6.5
Ø7.0
Ø7.5
Ø8.0
Ø3.0
15.0
13.0
11.5
10.0
8.5
7.0
REMOVAL
DRIVER
L
DRILL EXT. HAND OPTION

HANDPIECE RATCHET DRIVER
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
AnyRidge Surgical Kit (KARIN3003)
Type Ref.C
Short RCS17
Long RCL17
Ø2.0 Ø2.5
Diameter Length(mm) Ref.C
33 SD2018S
Ø2.0 38 *SD2018M
43 *SD2018L
AnyOne Surgical Kit (KAOIN3003)
33 SD2518S
Ø2.5 38 *SD2518M
43 *SD2518L
MiNi Kit » Ⅰ. Surgical Kit MegaGen Kit 194 /195
The platform line of the Handpiece

Fixture Length and Drill
Connector or the Ratchet Connector
Marking 3mm
must be flush with the fixture platform.
0.5mm
When using the Ratchet Wrench, do not use
an excessive torque as it can damage of internal
structure of the fixtures. It is not recommended
to exceed the maximum torque of 75N·cm.
0.5mm
0.5mm Subcrestal
Fixture
Ø3.0
length
14.5mm
9.5mm
12.5mm
11.0mm
9.5mm
8.0mm
Y value
0.5mm
The actual lengths of MiNi internal fixtures Actual drilling depth 10.5mm = 0.5mm subcrestal
TM
are 0.5mm shorter than the depth markings + 9.5mm actual fixture length + 0.5mm Y value
of a Shaping Drill. Therefore, the fixture will be * Fixture Ø3.0 (Y value = 0.5mm), Ø3.25 (Y value
placed 0.5mm under the crest automatically. = 0.6mm)
➲ Surgical drilling sequence

Initial
Drill Ø2.0 Ø2.5
mm
0.5
10.0mm
9.5mm
Ø3.0
Actual drilling depth 10.5mm= 0.5mm

subcrestal + 9.5mm actual fixture length
+ 0.5mm Y value
Initial
Drill Ø2.0 Ø2.5 Ø2.8
mm
0.5
Actual drilling depth 10.6mm = 0.5mm
subcrestal + 9.5mm actual fixture length
10.0mm
9.5mm
Ø3.25
+ 0.6mm Y value
911 Kit
911 Kit
The total solution kit to remove broken pieces easily when fixture, Ref.C
abutment or screw are fractured. KPSCS3000
Hex
Hex
➲ 911 Fixture Removal Kit Ref.C
This is a simplified version of 911 kit, only to use for fixture removal. KPSFS3000
911 Kit MegaGen Kit 196 /197
➲ 911kit Components
Fixture Remover Applied Fixture

Diameter
Length(mm) Ref.C
• To remove the fixture. When selecting a Fixture Re-

15 FSS3035
mover, consider the outer diameter of a Fixture. In Ø3.0~Ø3.6
case of AnyRidge Fixture that the thread is formed 20 FSL3035
under platform, select a Fixture Remover according
15 FSS3540 L
to platform size Ø3.7~Ø4.6
20 FSL3540
15 FSS4555
Ø4.7~Ø5.6
20 FSL4555
15 FSS6080
Ø5.7~Ø7.0
20 FSL6080
Fixture Remover

Applied Fixture Thread Ref.C
Screw M1.4(MiNi) FSS14
• To connect fixture and Fixture Remover. M1.6(EZ Plus, ExFeel Ø3.3) FSS16
• Recommended tightening torque FSS14, FSS16 :
M1.8(AnyRidge) FSS18
40~50 Ncm FSS18, FSS20, FSS25 : 70~80 Ncm.
M2.0(AnyOne, MegaFix, EZ
FSS20
Plus, ExFeel)
M2.5(Rescue) FSS25
Torx Driver Length (mm) Ref.C
• To connect fixture removal screw to a fixture.

5 TD05
15 TD15
L
20 TD20
• TW500 : To check torque force when removing 300Ncm TW500

fixture.
70Ncm TW70
• TW70 : To check torque force when tightening
Fixture Remover Screw.
911 Kit
Abutment Remover Length (mm) Ref.C
• To remove fractured abutment. 22 ASS

• Use screw size M1.8 & M2.0. L
27 ASL
Length (mm) Ref.C

Screw Remover
• To remove fractured screw. 30 SSS
• Use screw size M1.8 & M2.0. 45 SSL
L
Screw Remover Applied Fixture

Diameter
Length(mm) Ref.C
Guide 10 SSIG10
• To secure the Screw Remover from moving side to 16 SSIG16
side when removing the screw. Internal
22 SSIG22
22 SSIG22W
Hex 2.4 SSEG24
External Hex 2.7 SSEG27
Hex 3.3 SSEG33
Ref.C
Screw Remover
SSGH
Guide Holder
• Tool to supporting the Screw Remover Guide.
Length (mm) Ref.C

Hex Remover
22 HSS
• To remove hex-damaged Abutment Screw, Cover L
Screw or Healing Abutment. 27 HSL
911 Kit MegaGen Kit 198 /199
911kit
Fixture Remover
➲ Fixture Remover Screw: Single use only
➲ Do not use in case of a gap in Fixture Remover
Remove the prosthesis of the Select a Fixture Capture Screw Select a Fixture Remover that
fixture to be removed, and the of the same size as the fixture fits the fixture diameter. Turn
surrounding bone. internal screw. Use the Torx the fixed Fixture Remover
Driver to turn the screw clock- Screw counterclockwise until it
wise (40Ncm~70Ncm) to place touches the fixture. (For a torque
in the fixture. (Use of torque of greater than 300Ncm, it is rec-
less than 40Ncm for M1.6, and ommended to use a Trephine bur)
60Ncm for other products may
lead to loosening)
Fixture and Fixture Remover are Using Torque Wrench, turn coun- Removed fixture can be pulled
tightly connected as rising force terclockwise and pull out fixture out, turning Fixture Remover and
and descending force are com- and Fixture Remover. (No more fixture clockwise, holding onto
bined. (Suction is needed; debris than maximum torque per fixture) vice plier.
may happen on removal of a fi-
xture)
Abutment Remover
➲ Can use for abutments that use M1.8 & M2.0 screws.
➲ Cannot use for abutment that use M1.6 and M2.5
Insert the Abutment Remover Use the Ratchet Wrench to Move the Abutment Remover
in the fractured abutment hole. turn clockwise in order to join sideways while pulling up to
the abutment and the Abut- remove it. (Use of excessive
ment Remover as one body. force may traumatize the fix-
(Ratchet Wrench is included in ture or the bone)
surgical kit)
Secure the separated abut-

ment in a vice or vice pliers.
Use the Ratchet Wrench to
turn counterclockwise to sep-
arate the abutment with the
Abutment Remover.
911 Kit
911kit
Screw Remover
Remove the broken Abutment Select the correct Screw Re- Secure the Screw Remover
Screw and the abutment. mover Guide that fits the fixture Guide and insert the Screw
connection to join. Holder in the Screw Remover
Guide hole.
Push the Screw Remover down- Remove the pieces of broken When separating the holder
wards while rotating counter screw from the fixture internal from the guide, push in the
clockwise to separate it from the screw using forceps. direction of the arrow to
fixture internal screw. separate.
(rpm:30~50, Torque : 30Ncm)
Hex Remover
In cases that Abutment Screw, Use the Ratchet Wrench to Place the removed abutment
Cover Screw or Healing Abut- turn counterclockwise to join in the vice. Use the Ratchet
ment’s hex is damaged. the abutment with the Abut- Wrench to turn clockwise to
ment Remover as one body. separate the abutment with the
(Use a torque of less than Hex Remover.
40Ncm., Ratchet Wrench is
included in surgical kit.)
R2 Kit » Ⅰ. R2 Universal Kit MegaGen Kit 200 /201
R2 Kit
Ⅰ. R2 Universal Kit Ref.C
KAGUN3000
Maximize the cost- effectiveness & efficiency.
When you want to do Make your own R2 Surgical Kit with your favorite implant system. Universal kit
consists of basic drilling set which can be used for any implant system. You can add
R2 implant surgery with
system options as “implant carrier”, “cortical bone drill”, “countersink drill” according
R2 Navi-Guide™, Please to your favorite implant system. The specification of final drills will be decided with
inform us your favorite treatment planning and delivered to you with R2 Navi-Guide™ will be from the R2
implant system Center.
Universal Kit Customized instrument Intermediate & final drill

Consisted of basic for various implant system will be delivered
drilling set which can AnyRIdge / AnyOne with R2 Navi-Guide™
be used for any Straumann / Nobel biocare
Astra / Zimmer / TS & etc.
implant system (Available system can be varied
by country due to registration process)
R2 Kit » Ⅰ. R2 Universal Kit
➲ R2 Universal Kit
Ratchet Carrier-Handpiece Carrier

Adapter Extension
Torque Wrench
Initial Drill
Second Drill
Universal Kit Disposable System Options

final drills
Universal Drill
➲ Drills & Componenets of R2 Universal Kit

Basic drilling set for any implant system. It consists of initial
drill, 2nd drill, universal drills and essential tools.
Initial Drill Diameter Length(mm) Ref.C

• Use the initial drill in order to mark the drilling
position on the bone. Start drilling slowly, when drill Ø2.6 1 R2ID2601
guide part is fully contacted with drilling core of R2
Navi-Guide™.
• Recommended drilling speed range is 300 ~ 800
RPM with copious irrigation.
Second Drill Diameter Length(mm) Ref.C

• This unique step-drill(from ⌀2.0 to ⌀4.6) is used to
flare out the upper cortical bone of the osseotomy. Ø2.5 5 R2SD2505
• It helps not only the rest drilling procedure but abut-
ment connection. In case of hard bone, if the 2nd
drilling will be disturbed by thick cortical bone. Stop
the drilling and try it after final drilling procedure.
Universal Drill Diameter Length (mm) Ref.C
7 R2SD2007
• Universal drills consist of ⌀2.0, ⌀.2.5, ⌀2.8 diameter
to enlarge the osteotomy gradually. 8 R2SD2008
• The length of drill are designed as 7.0, 8.5, 10, Ø2.0 10 R2SD2010
11.5,13mm for most common length of implant 11 R2SD2011
system.
13 R2SD2013
RPM with copious irrigation. 7 R2SD2507
8 R2SD2508
Ø2.5 10 R2SD2510
11 R2SD2511
13 R2SD2513
7 R2SD2807
8 R2SD2808
Ø2.8 10 R2SD2810
11 R2SD2811
13 R2SD2813
Handpiece Adapter Square Ref.C
• Useful to use the handpiece for the implant place- 4 AGHA

ment following initial delivery of a fixture with a
fixture carrier.
Carrier Extension Square Ref.C
• To extend the length of implant carrier. 4 MRE400S

R2 Kit » Ⅰ. R2 Universal Kit
➲ System Options
Every implant system has its own design.Therefore, appropriate
optional drills and instruments should be chosen to complete the
R2 Universal surgical kit.
Most common additions

Cortical Bone Drill
• Universal drill is consist of ⌀2.0, ⌀.2.5, ⌀2.8 diam-
eter to enlarge the osteotomy gradually.
• The length of drill are designed as 7.0, 8.5, 10,
11.5,13mm for most common length of implant
system.
RPM.
Tab Drills
• The purpose of tab drills in the universal kit system
is insertion test. some of implant are required this
procedure before final fixture insertion. choose the
one-step under size of tab to protect from enlarge-
ment of osteotomy.
• Recommended insertion torque and speed is 45 ~
50Ncm, under 40 RPM.
or Variations according to
your preference
Implant Carrier
• To pick up the fixture from the ampule and insert it
to the ossetomy. than turn it to clock-wise direction
2~3 times manualy.
• When it gets fixation from the osteotomy, connect
the handpiece adaptor and use implant motor.
• Recommended insertion torque is 45~50Ncm.
Hand Driver (1.2 Hex)

• Hand driver set. Most of tip size is 1.2 mm
hexed(all megaGen system). But some of implant
system has different hex tip size. so choose ap-
propriate tip size for your system.
For Example, Cortical Bone Drill Implant Carrier Accessaries

AnyRidge System Options
AnyRidge’s system options are
cortical bone drills and implant
carrier (Regular & wide), Hex driv-
ers. Cortical bone drills are used
R2CD3405 R2CD3805 R2CD4305 R2CD4805 ARCD6080 ICRH2324 ICWH2324 TCMHDS1200 TCMHDL1200
for flaring out of cortical bone and
controlling initial stability
➲ Disposable Drill Option

Disposable final drills will be provided with R2 Navi-Guide™.
Final Drill
- Disposable Drill
• Drills over the 2.8 diameter to final drills are provided
from local R2 Center to users. The size of disposable
drills are decided depend size on treatment planning
regarding to fixture size and bone density of patient. According to your preferred im-
• Recommended drilling speed is 300 ~ 800 RPM. plant system, different sizes and
shapes of drills will be provided.
Drill position on the kit

• Every disposable drills have the numbering system
to clarify it’s own position on the universal kit.
• Check the drill size and position number, then
install it to the right position.
Drill dimension Position on

the kit
Sterilized package
• All disposable drills are packaged at clean room
and sterilized by “Gamma-ray”.
• Check the “Sterilized” seal on the package and
open it at the operation site before surgery.
R2 Kit » Ⅱ. R2 Full Surgical Kir
Ⅱ. R2 Full Surgical Kit

Cortical Bone Drill
for AnyRidge System

• If you only use a specific system, corresponding system’s full kit
can be provided.
• R2 full surgical kit is composed with all of drills and components
that are needed for the Digital Guided Surgery which uses R2
Navi Guide™ after R2GATE™ diagnosis. It helps to actualize
minimally invasive surgery and makes exact clinical result as the
Ref.C Ref.C Ref.C
diagnosis. ARCD3500 ARCD4055 ARCD6080
Ref.C In type I or II bone, crestal bone is partly reduced to lower

the pressure against the fixture during placement.
KAGIN3000
Ratchet Wrench
Ref. MRW040S
Initial Drill
Initial
Initial Drill Guide Drill
Ref.C Ref.C
AGID2003 AGIGD2005
Drilling to make the initial drill path
Guide Stop Drill Drill

Drill diameter : Ø2.0 ~ Ø5.9
Extension
Drill Length : 7.0 ~ 13.0mm
Guide length
: 13.5mm
Drilling length Ref.C

: 7.0 ~ 13.0mm MDE150
R2 Kit » Ⅱ. R2 Full Surgical Kir MegaGen Kit 206 /207
BONE Profiler Implant Carrier

: Handpiece connector
: Ratchet connector
▶ R - MiNi
( ø3.0/ø3.5 )
Ref.C Ref.C Ref.C

AGBP40 AGBP50 ARBP60
This is used to minimize the interference of the crestal

Ref.C Ref.C
bone when connecting ZrGEN abutment, [Used before AGHCR17 AGRCR17
placing the fixture / Recommended RPM 600 ~1000]
▶ R – AnyRidge Regular
( ø3.5 ~ø4.5 )
Ref.C Ref.C
AGHCR23 AGRCR23
▶ W – AnyRidge Wide
( ø5.0 ~ ø6.0 )
Ref.C Ref.C
AGHCW23 AGRCW23
: 1.2 hex driver (Short)

Hex Driver : 1.2 hex driver (Long) Handpiece Ratchet
: Abutment Remover driver
Adapter Extension
Ref.C Ref.C Ref.C Ref.C Ref.C

TCMHDS1200 TCMHDL1200 TANMRD18 AGHA MRE400S
R2 Kit » Ⅱ. R2 Full Surgical Kir
Ⅱ. R2 Full Surgical Kit

Cortical Bone Drill
for AnyOne System

• If you only use a specific system, corresponding system’s full kit
can be provided.
• R2 full surgical kit is composed with all of drills and components
that are needed for the Digital Guided Surgery which uses R2
Navi Guide™ after R2GATE™ diagnosis. It helps to actualize
minimally invasive surgery and makes exact clinical result as the
AODD39 AODD43 AODD48 AODD53 AODD63
diagnosis.
In type I or II bone, crestal bone is partly reduced to lower the pressure

Ref.C
against the fixture during placement.
KAGIN3001
Ratchet Wrench
Initial Drill
Initial
Initial Drill Guide Drill
Ref. MRW040S
Ref.C Ref.C
AGID2003 AGIGD2005
Drilling to make the initial drill path
Guide Stop Drill Drill Extension

Drill diameter : Ø2.0 ~Ø 5.9
Drill Length : 7.0 ~ 13.0mm
Guide length
: 13.5mm
Drilling length
: 7.0 ~ 13.0mm Ref.C
MDE150
R2 Kit » Ⅱ. R2 Full Surgical Kir MegaGen Kit 208 /209
BONE Profiler Implant Carrier

: Handpiece connector
: Ratchet connector
▶ S - MiNi
( ø3.0/ø3.5 )
Ref.C Ref.C Ref.C

AGBP40 AGBP50 ARBP60
This is used to minimize the interference of the crestal
bone when connecting ZrGEN abutment. [Used
Ref.C Ref.C
before placing the fixture / Recommended RPM 600 AGHCR17 AGRCR17
~1000]
▶ R – AnyRidge Regular
( ø3.5 ~ø4.5 )
Ref.C Ref.C
AGHCR25 AGRCR25
▶ W – AnyRidge Wide
( ø5.0 ~ ø6.0 )
Ref.C Ref.C
AGHCW25 AGRCW25
: 1.2 hex driver (Short)

Hex Driver : 1.2 hex driver (Long) Handpiece Ratchet
Adapter Extension
Ref.C Ref.C
Ref.C Ref.C
TCMHDS1200 TCMHDL1200
AGHA MRE400S
R2 Kit » Ⅲ. Anchor Kir
Ⅲ. Anchor Kit
Ref.C
For an edentulous case or free end case, R2 Navi-Guide™ System
is fixed with Anchor Pins specially designed for stability of AnyRidge KAGAS3000
the R2 Navi-Guide™. AnyOne KAGAS3001

You can order your own Anchor kit for your favorite implant system
Torx Tip Ref.C

AGTT80 Tip Driver Ref.C
TD
Anchor Pin Stent Anchor

M1.8 M2.0
(AnyRidge) (AnyOne)

TCMACP2015 TCMACP2018 TCMACP2020 AGSAR18 AGSAR20
Ref.C Ref.C
AGSAW18 AGSAW20
R2 Kit » Ⅲ. Anchor Kir MegaGen Kit 210 /211
➲ How to use Anchor Kit?
Case 1.
When it is possible to get stability from
neighboring teeth. (No need to use the
Anchor kit)
Place the R2 Navi-Guide™ by placing it onto the neighboring teeth.
Case 2.
When it is hard to get stability from
fully edentulous case or neighboring
teeth.
1. Fix the R2 Navi-Guide™ temporarily by asking patient to bite the R2 Navi-Guide™ using a resin
or other tools.
2. Please use the Pin that R2GATE™ program selected, and place that Pin on the Driver Tip.
3. Insert the Pin into the R2 Navi-Guide™ that the patient is biting, and turn it into clockwise to fix the R2
Navi-Guide™ to bone.
*Make a hole on the Guide using Ø2.0 Drill if a density of the bone is high. Then, insert the Anchor
Pin into the hole.
Case 3.
- When it is necessary to re-implant
a fixture after separating the R2 Navi-Guide™.
- When the stability of the R2 Navi-Guide™ is

weak even though all planned Anchor Pins
are used (This is only for the cases with
edentulous jaws and implantations of three or
more fixtures).
* Cases for re-implant a fixture after failure

1. Check the condition of an implanted fixture after a separation of a R2 Navi-Guide™. Evulse the
fixture when the implantation is considered as a failure for lack of stability or a path is inaccurate.
2. Replace the R2 Navi-Guide™. Insert the R2 Navi-Guide™ Anchor to the R2 Navi-Guide™ Hole
of the neighboring fixture, and place the R2 Navi-Guide™ by turning it into clockwise.
* When it is hard to get stability of the R2 Navi-Guide™ by an Anchor Pin only

1. When the stability of a fixture by an Anchor Pin only is low, start an implantation from molar
areas. Then, connect the R2 Navi-Guide™ Anchor with an installed fixture to increase stability.
R2 Kit
➲ Preparations for R2 Navi-Guide™ surgery.
1. Package check
Prosthesis type
Check what are contained in the delivery
ZA : Zirconia customized abutment
package received from R2GATE Center.
PR : Previsional restorations
Patient’s name
R2 Navi-Guide™ type
R : Regualr core R2 Navi-Guide™
W : Wide core R2 Navi-Guide™
Patient’s name
2. Received two R2 Navi-Guide™? R All diameter of general drill hole(core) and

guide part of drills are 5.0mm. So from
Do you plan the wide diameter fixture ?
3.5 to 4.5 diameter fixture can be placed
One for regular diameter of drills and another
through general drill hole. But In order to in-
is for wide diameter of drills & fixture insertion.
sert wide diameter fixture (over the 5.0mm),
drill hole(core) should be made for wide
diameter drilling and fixture insertion.
W Drilling sequence:
To 4.3 diameter drilling, use the regular drill
hole R2 Navi-Guide™ (marked “R”) after
that change it to wide drill hole R2 Navi-
Guide™ and drill the wide diameter drilling.
3. Sterilization for R2 Navi-Guide™

and prosthesis
Put the R2 Navi-Guide™ and all prosthesis
into a bowl (jar) with an antiseptics
(ex. Chlorhexidine Gluconate) 30 minutes before
the surgery.
R2 Kit MegaGen Kit 212 /213
➲ Types and retention of R2 Navi-Guide™
1. Tooth supported type 1~4 implants The residual teeth are still
remained around implantation site. The Main
retention of R2 Navi-Guide™ comes from the
Cusp Stop remaining teeth. So, with the larger number of
Drilling Core remaining teeth, retention will be higher and
Cusp Stop more stable. The damage and porosity of the
remaining teeth on the model are not accept-
able for the design of R2 Navi-Guide™ and its
adaptation.
✽ Cusp Stop : To check the
accuracy of R2 Navi-Guide™,
[Minimum size of model] Even it’s tooth support type R2 Designer makes a few number of
Navi-Guide™, 3/4 arch model is required for design and “Cusp stopper” on the cusp of the
accurate retention.
mesio-distal neighbor teeth. When
R2 Navi-Guide™ is seated, check its
fitness of contact between cusp and
hole. There should not be a gap.
2. Dual supported type Cusp Stop Free-end case Most of the free-end
Drilling Core case, R2 Navi-Guide™ gets the retention
from a remaining tooth and residual ridge.
Anchor All anatomical forms of teeth, alveolar ridge,
Hole vestibule should be represented clearly on
the model.
Strut bar
✽ Anchor Hole : The anchor hole
can be designed for additional
retention. The location will be
decided during diagnosis and
confirmed by user. ⌀ 2.0 drilling
might be required to insert anchor
pin into the hard bone. (Maxillary
anterior, Mandibulary regions).
Fully edentulous case In the fully eden-

3. Fully tissue supported type Drilling Core
tulous case, R2 Navi-Guide™ gets the support
Anchor
Hole
from the residual ridge and gets the retention
from anchor pins. All anatomical structure
(palatal, vestibulare) should be represented
clearly on the model.
✽ Putty bite : Right initial positioning
of R2 Navi-Guide™, putty bite will be
provided. Combine putty bite and R2
Navi-Guide™ first than put it in the
patient mouth together. Let the patient
bite it strong and insert the anchor pin
into each hole.
The distortion of the model is an important factor of the error on diagnosis

and R2 Navi-Guide™. Please understand checking point of R2 Navi-Guide™
fabrication, and try to make accurate impression and model.
R2 Kit
➲ Adaptation of R2 Navi-Guide™ before surgery

This procedure is essential to check the accuracy of R2 Navi-Guide™.
1. Tooth & tissue supported Check the “Cusp stop” of R2 Navi-Guide™ To check the accuracy of R2 Navi-
Guide™, our designer makes a few number of “Cusp stopper” on the cups of the neighboring
type teeth. When R2 Navi-Guide™ is seated, check its fitness of contact between cusp and R2
Navi-Guide™ hole. There should not be a gap.
Cusp Stop
Cusp Stop
2. Fully tissue supported type Putty bite and Anchor pin For an edentulous case, R2 Navi-Guide™ is seated using
the putty bite and fixated with anchor pins specially designed for R2 Navi-Guide™ positioning.
1. The connected R2 Navi-Guide™ and the seating jig are delivered into the mouth together and seated.
2. Patient should bite with maximum occlusal force on the R2 Navi-Guide™ and seating jig.
3. Tighten the anchor pin using a hand driver.
4. 2.0mm drilling will be required in advance if the drilling point have a thick cortical bone.
➲ Basic principles of drilling with R2 Navi-Guide™
1. Design concept of guide drills

- All guide drills have the unique out-forms for Drill Stopper
the safe and efficient drilling.
- The length of each drill is sum of 28.5mm + 16
drilling part length. Therefore, if a patient’s
mouth opening is not big enough, guide surgery
is not appropriate. Guide Part
12.5
Fixture Platform
Drill Part
2. 13.5mm of guided length
The length of guide part at the R2 Navi-
Guide™ is 13.5mm. According to general
literature for guide surgery, this length is
better as longer as it be. But it can be
the reason for contra-indication for guide
surgery.13.5mm is optimal number regarding
to clinical approach and it’s function.
3. Always start drilling when the

guide part of a drill is engaged
enough in the guide hole
Start drilling when your drill gets the full support
from the inside wall of drill core. Start drilling
with low speed (300 rpm) and raise it up to 800
RPM. Up & down motion is also important to
get cooling down of the drill and osteotomy
socket.
4. Don’t guess, just feel it

from a finger tip
- R2 Navi-Guide™ has a stopping structure
inside, so every drills will stop at the
accurate position.
- Make it sure to check a drill goes down to
full depth and stops by the stopper. Most
mistakes on vertical positioning come from
this fault.
R2 Kit
➲ R2 Universal Kit Drilling Sequence
1. Universal Drilling
The meaning of universal drilling is to create
vertical pass way for the selected implant.
It increases the length of osteotomy to the
fixture length.
Initial Drill 2nd Drill Ø2.0 Drill Ø2.5 Drill Ø2.8 Drill Ø2.8 Drill
2. The Shape of osteotomy

after drilling
The purpose of the universal drilling is to
make ostetomy accessible for the next drills.
2nd drilling is the most important. It widens
entrance part at the cortical bone. Next drill-
ings are just for lengthening of osteotomy.
3. 7.0, 8.5, 10, 11.5, 13mm

Length
- Universal drilling has 0.5mm shorter than
its marked number. and every drill has 2
step diameter for the next drill. Ø2.8 Drill
should reach to the depth of implant length,
or the implant fixture may not be positioned 16
deep enough as planed. R2 Navi-Guide™
Stopper Line
Length 7.0 8.5 10.0 11.5 13.0

16
Fixture Platform Line
A 7 8 9.5 11 12.5
3 2
2.25
2
2.5 A
Ø2.6
Ø2.5 0.8
Ø2.8
Ø2.0 Ø2.5 Ø2.5
Ø4.6
Ø2.5 Ø2.8 Ø2.8
➲ Drilling Strategies
Color-coded analysis of the bone morphology enables you to identify the invisible bony structure easily and to predict
an optimal drilling sequence for strong initial stability of an implant. R2 Center provides the R2 diagnosis report with a
proposed drilling sequence for adequate initial stability. However, the final decisions on drilling sequence should be
made by the clinician, and R2 center has no responsibility with this proposal.
1. Recommended drilling
Speed : 500 ~ 800 RPM
with copious irrigation
Start drilling with low speed and then raise
it to the maximum speed when a drill is
engaged with the guide hole.
2. Apico-coronal position
and Hex direction control
by using torque wrench
1. Apico-coronal position
Depth of the fixture can be controlled by
rotating the fixture with torque wrench until
marking line of the ratchet connector goes to
upper part of the R2 Navi-Guide™ window.
2. Hex direction control

With proper apico-coronal position, please
turn the ratchet connector clockwise up to
1/6 circle until the green colored column
matches with the window of R2 Navi-Guide™
completely.
R2 Kit
➲ Recommended condition for ONE-DAY IMPLANT

& immediate loading
According to our own clinical experiences & data, we strongly recommend to check
two values : Insertion Torque & ISQ.
1. Insertion Torque value :

more than 45Ncm
Available on our R2 Universal Kit.
2. ISQ value: more than 75
rpm
To have stable ISQ value, we recommend to use MEG-TORQ

to fasten a smartpeg with 5 Ncm torque force consistently. 5
218 /219
Product for
Digital dentistry
220 CAD/CAM Abutment

221 Ⅰ. ZrGEN : Zirconia-titanium hybrid prosthesis
224 Ⅱ. TiGEN : Titanium customized abutment
227 Digital Equipment

227 Ⅰ. R2 CT
228 Ⅱ. Intra-Oral Scanner
231 Ⅲ. Milling Machine
234 CAD/CAM Material

234 Ⅰ. ZirMon & ZirPlus : Zirconia block
CAD / CAM Abutment » Ⅰ. ZrGEN
CAD / CAM Abutment

Ⅰ. ZrGEN ® ZrGen is the brand name of MegaGen zirconia-titanium hybrid prosthe-
®
sis. ZrGen provides an aesthetic outcome and simplified dental implant

®
prosthesis. A ZrGEN crown and monolithic crown connected to a ZrGEN

® ®
Abutment (Titanium insert) provide strong and precise connection with

the implant fixture.
Variety of ZrGEN ®
ZrGen Coping PMMA Provisional Crown ZrGen Monolithic

® ®
ZrGen Crown ZrGen Bridge ZrGen Coping for PFZ

® ® ®
ZrGEN Sub Structure

®
Titanium base Zirconia Zirconia Final

customized Crown
body
The strength of ZrGEN frees you

®
ZrGEN ®
from the chipping of conventional

PFM prosthesis. Monolithic zirco-
nia crowns have no metal sub-
structure, ensuring more aesthetic
results. ZrGEN crown and bridge
®
Tooth shade Minimized

are a superior substitutes for all cuff area Ti-connection
conventional dental materials.
Clinical Application
CAD / CAM Abutment » Ⅰ. ZrGEN Digital Dentistry 220 /221
➲ ZrGEN Abutment Prosthesis

®
ZrGEN Abutment
®
ZrGEN
Abutment ZrGEN Abutment provides a strong and precise connection with the implant fixture.
®
With ZrGEN coping, crown margins can be placed supragingivally since zirconia material
®
matches with the color of natural with teeth. Residual cement problems are no longer an
issue.
Crown
Zirconia Coping
Scan Abutment ZrGEN Abutment ZrGEN Abutment

(Cerec connection)
CAD / CAM Abutment » Ⅰ. ZrGEN
Scan abutment
Scan Abutment
Scan abutment is an impression coping of conventional lab work. Its’ CAD library has a
positional information based on mechanical connection for all related components such as
analog, ZrGEN Abutment, cement gap.
Analog
Ti Base
& interface
➲ Scan Abutment Option
System
Scan Abutment System Profile
Diameter
Length
(mm) Type Ref.C
MegaGen provides various precise Scan Abut- 9 Short AANISR4009

ments for CAD/CAM system. Stainless based and AnyRidge 4.0 L
“Teflon” coated body shows high-performance 13 Long AANISR4013
with the scaning & matching process at CAD
9 Short AAOISR4009
system. It can be used not only with the Model AnyOne 4.0
scanner, but with the Intra-oral scanner. The library 13 Long AAOISR4013
files are also available for 3shape and Exocad
9 Short MISS3509
system.
MiNi 3.5
• Octa Level : AnyRidge, AnyOne, EZ Plus, ExFeeI 13 Long MISS3513
Small AEZISS4013
EZ Plus 4.0 13
Regular AEZISR4013
Tissue
10 AEXISR4010
level
ExFeel 4.0 Small AEXESS4013
13
Regular AEXESR4013
Octa Level 4.0 13 Long AOCES4011

CAD / CAM Abutment » Ⅰ. ZrGEN Digital Dentistry 222 /223
➲ ZrGEN Abutment Option
ZrGEN Abutment System Diameter Cuff Post

Height Height
Type Ref.C System Diameter Cuff Post Type
Height Height
Ref.C
• Ti-base for zirconia customized abut- 4.0 0.6 AANIPR4015 0.6 Hex MIPN3013
ment & monolithic crown, Hex MiNi 3.0 2 .5
4.5 1.5 AANIPR4525 1.0 Non MIPN3013N
4.5 -Hex
4.0 0.6 Non- AANIPR4015N
AnyRidge 4.0 0.6 AEZIPS4015
4.5 1.5 Hex AANIPR4525N
P 4.5 1.0 AEZIPS4525
4.0 0.6 AANIPR4016 Hex
C 4.0 0.6 AEZIPR4015
6 Hex
4.5 1.5 AANIPR4526
EZ Plus 4.5 1.0 AEZIPR4525
D ANICMS3805 4.5
Internal 4.0 0.6 Non AEZIPS4015N
4.5 0 ANICMS3815
4.5 1.0 -Hex AEZIPS4525N
ANICMS3825
4.0 0.6 AEZIPR4015N
Hex
- ZrGEN Abutment ANICMS4305
4.5 1.0 AEZIPR4525N
AnyRidge
(Cerec Connection) 4.0 1.0 5 Short ANICMS4315
S-type 4.0 0.6 AEXEPS4015
• Ti-base for sirona cerec users.
ANICMS4325
• Perfect compatibility and precise con- 1.5 AEXEPS4525
nection with MegaGen Implant system. ANICMS5005
4.5 0.6 AEXEPR4515
• CEREC system use abutment level 4.5 Hex
4.5 2.0 ANICMS5015
scanning method. Choose many kind 1.5 AEXEPR4525
of library system at the CEREC CAD ANICMS5025
program. 0.6 AEXEPW5515
5.5
• Library is compatible with Camlog. 4.0 0.6 AAOIPR4015 1.5 AEXEPW5525
Hex ExFeel
4.5 1.5 AAOIPR4525 External 4.0 0.6 AEXEPS4016
4.5
4.0 0.6 Non AAOIPR4015N 1.5 AEXEPS4526
P AnyOne
4.5 1.5 -Hex AAOIPR4525N
C 4.5 0.6 AEXEPR4516
6 Hex
4.0 0.6 AAOIPR4016 1.5 AEXEPR4526
6 Hex
D 4.5 1.5 AAOIPR4526 0.6 AEXEPW5516
5.5
AOICMS3805 1.5 AEXEPW5526
4.5 0 AOICMS3815
ExFeel
5.0 1.0 4.5 Octa AEXIPR5015
AOICMS3825 Internal
AOICMS4305 5.0 Small AOCEPS5015

AnyRidge
4.0 1.0 5 Short AOICMS4315 5.5 Octa Regular AOCEPR5515
S-type
AOICMS4325 Octa 6.5 Wide AOCEPW6515
0.8
AOICMS5005 level 5.0 Small ANOEPS5015
Non-
4.5 2.0 AOICMS5015 5.5 Regular ANOEPR5515
Octa
AOICMS5025 6.5 Wide ANOEPW6515
CAD / CAM Abutment » Ⅱ. TiGEN
Ⅱ. TiGEN ® TiGEN is the brand name of MegaGen Titanium customized

®
abutment. It promises outstanding durability and simplified dental

implant prosthesis. Ready-made connection part provides a strong
and precise connection with the implant fixture.
➲ TiGEN Prosthesis
Crown
Milled TiGEN
Scan Abutment TiGEN Abutment

CAD / CAM Abutment » Ⅱ. TiGEN Digital Dentistry 224 /225
➲ Scan Abutment Option
System
Scan Abutment System Profile
Diameter
Length
(mm) Type Ref.C
MegaGen provides various of precise scan 9 Short AANISR4009

abutments for CAD/CAM system. Stain- AnyRidge 4.0 L
less and “Teflon” coated body shows the 13 Long AANISR4013
high-performance at the scan & matching
9 Short AAOISR4009
process in CAD system. It can be used not AnyOne 4.0
only Model scanner but Intra-oral scan- 13 Long AAOISR4013
ner. The library files are also available for
9 Short MISS3509
3shape and Exocad system
MiNi 3.5
• Octa Level : AnyRidge, AnyOne, EZ Plus, 13 Long MISS3513
ExFeeI Small AEZISS4013
EZ Plus 4.0 13
Regular AEZISR4013
Tissue
10 AEXISR4010
level
ExFeel 4.0 Small AEXESS4013
13
Regular AEXESR4013
Octa Level 4.0 13 Long AOCES4011
➲ TiGEN Abutment Option
TiGEN Abutment System Diameter Length Type Ref.C
Hex ARTR1220
• For titanium customized abutment AnyRidge
• Can solve the difficulties which which came Non-Hex ARTR1220N
AO
L
AR
from the Implant position. 12

Hex AOTR1220
AnyOne
Non-Hex AOTR1220N
D
Hex MITN1020
MiNi 10
Non-Hex MITN1020N
20
Small OCTS1220
Regular OCTR1220
Wide OCTW1220
Octa Level 12
Small NOTS1220
Regular NOTR1220
Wide NOTW1220
CAD / CAM Abutment
WHY Zirconia? Property

Numerous articles have been published on
zirconia’s unique properties, particularly its
- Aesthetic biocompatibility, toughness and strength.
- Biocompatibility
- Impeccable Fit
- Stable machenical property
Inflammatory Infiltrate, Microvessel Density, Nitric Oxide
Synthase Expression, Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor
Expression, and Proliferative Activity in Peri-Implant Soft
Tissues Around Titanium and Zirconium Oxide Healing
Caps Clin. Oral Impl. Res.19, 2008; 635–641
Maria Welander, Ingemar Abrahamsson,Tord Berglundh
Esthetic hybrid Abutment

Zirconia-titanium hybrid abutment.
It promises outstanding aesthetic
results, durability and simplified
dental implant prosthesis.
Crown & Bridge

The strength of Zirconia leaves you free from
the chipping of conventional PFM prosthesis.
Monolithic zirconia crowns have no metal
sub-structure, ensuring more aesthetic results.
ZirGen crown and bridge is a superior substi-
tute for all conventional dental materials.
Digital Equipment » Ⅰ. R2 CT Digital Dentistry 226 /227
Digital Equipment
Ⅰ. R2 CT
R2 CT
• The best Super wide F.O.V 16 x 14.5 compared to other similar products
[when auto-stitching is used]
• Maximum of 0.1mm³ of voxel size guarantees an excellent solution.
• Metal artifact reduction which minimizes the metal scattering.
• Auto Focusing – Guarantees the optimal image on any circumstances by film-
ing large areas multiple times.
• Ultra-Fast Scan [UFS] – Possible to do a 8-second ultra fast scan based on
filming options.
• One-Shot Cephalo option
- One-Shot filming option which ends within 0.5~1.5 seconds guarantees
a clear image without any trembling because the filming period is very short.
(Scanning Type: 8 seconds.)
- Changing a Cephalo sensor or moving patients for Cephalo filming is not needed.
Components
Model
Scan Range CT / Panorama / TMJ / Sinus / Ceph(Option)
Pan : 14sec / CT : 8 or 24 sec

Scan Time
/ Ceph : under 3.5s
Ceph Supported Option (Flat Panel One-Shot way)
CT / Pan : CMOS flat panel

Sensor type
/ Ceph : Flat panel Detector
Sensor Change Indicator Linear sensor
Focal spot 0.5mm x 0.5mm
Data bit 14bit
Slice thickness Min : 0.1μm
F.O.V 160 x 80 mm / 160 x 145mm
Reconstruction time 40 sec (MAR with)
X-ray beam Cone Beam
File format DICOM
Dicom compatible DICOM 3.0 Format
Software Willmaster / R2GATE
Auto Stitching Function.

Key Features FOB selection mode.
Wide F.O.V
Digital Equipment » Ⅱ. Intra-Oral Scanner
Ⅱ. Intra-Oral Scanner
Carestream CS 3500 Components

Components
Sensor technology Effective pixels : 1.3 megapixels
Resolution Still image : 1024 x 768 pixels

Video : 640 x 480 pixels
Accuracy 30μm (average precision)
Illumination Four-color LED : Amber, Blue, Green, UV
Field of view 16x12mm with normal tip

12x9mm with additional small
Depth of field -12-+13mm
Cable length 2.5m
Digital connection USB 2.0 High Speed
Dimensions without cable 245x37x62mm
Weight 295g
CS 3500
More Freedom: Full Open System
Simpler and More Accurate: Image Capture System
Easier: Slim Head, Powder Free
Reasonable Price & Condition
Digital Equipment » Ⅱ. Intra-Oral Scanner Digital Dentistry 228 /229
Powder-Free
Cart-Free
USB Cable
2D & 3D
Color Intra-Oral Scanning Full Open System
CS 3500 Intra-Oral Scanner is compact and easy to use for

Unlike other companies that hold closed or partly opened system,
satisfaction of both clinicians and patients. It provides users a comfort
CS 3500 is fully opened, so it has a flexibility to choose proper
and efficiency that any other scanner cannot offer. Dual mode of CS
equipment according to the user’s laboratory environment. Also,
3500 is accessible for both 2D image capture and 3D scanning.
CS 3500 can be used with CAD software like Dental wings, 3
Highly detailed digital result can be displayed right away. You can
Shape, and Exocad along with its own system. It is compatible with
design a crown with a perfect occlusion through the accurate digital
numerous types of third party CAD/CAM system that are being used
impression for each patient.
at the laboratory because it supports STL format.
Ergonomic Design and Cart-Free Natural Comfort
Cart is not needed for moving the equipment because CS 3500 For CS3500, anti-reflection powder is not needed during the oral
has a USB port that can be connected to any PC. Also, it has an scanning. Also, it does not make patient’s mouth dry or make patient
ergonomic design which gives a comfortable grip and convenience feel sick because CS 3500 provides two types of slim scanner heads.
to operate. Also, each tip can be autoclaved for several usages. It is
recommended to replace the tip with the new one after several
usages for hygiene reason.
Digital Equipment » Ⅱ. Intra-Oral Scanner
Built-in heater Autoclavable Tip
2D image capture
Guide Light 45 degrees
Green light pops up automatically at the scanner tip Color image from 3D scan
when the scanning is successfully done
Light Guidance Superior Quality and Precision
The most convenient function for CS 3500 may be the Light Guidance Truecolor 2D image and 3D scan of CS 3500 enable users to
System. The green light pops up automatically when scanning is distinguish the structure of teeth in prosthetics and soft tissue.
successfully done. Now, clinicians can concentrate on patients and Users can set a margin line, contact point, and undercut quickly and
does not need to check the screen repeatedly. accurately with an average precision of 30μm together with the high
CS 3500 can scan -2 to +13mm in depth from the scanning tip, and resolution image of 1024*768. Also, CS 3500 is very easy to use
up to 45 degrees of the tooth surface. The heater that is built-in at because there is a byte registration function that barely needs an
the tip prevents from fogging and helps the scanning to be done image adjustment. CS 3500 comforts both clinicians and patients
in faster and convenient way. Also, it saves energy because of the because it is possible to scan without contact the scanning tip to
“sleep mode” which is loaded on the scanner making the LED turned teeth.
off automatically when it is not used for a certain period of time.
Digital Equipment » Ⅲ. Milling Machine Digital Dentistry 230 /231
Ⅲ. Milling Machine for InLab
Carestream CS 3000 Components

Components
Item CS 3000 Milling Machine
Company Carestream Dental
Catalog Number CS 3000
Dimensions 590 x 645 x 465 mm
Weight 160 lbs.
Restoration Types Full Crowns, Inlays and Onlays

milled from VITABLOCS Mark
®
II Blocks
Milling Speed Up to 60,000 RPM
Milling Time <15 min
Precision +/- 25 μm
Wet Grinding Yes
CS 3000
High Speed, Precise, Vibration-Free
Simple & Fast
Compact & Easy
CS 3000 Milling Machine
• Produces a detailed all ceramic restoration within 15minutes

• Quiet and non-vibrating chair-side milling
• Robust and reliable for long-term accuracy
• Very easy to operate and can be used by simple training
• Is an open system and can be matched according to each
clinician’s needs.
Digital Equipment » Ⅲ. Milling Machine
4-Axis Brushless Motor
• Craft the required morphology

• Reaches undercut areas
• Large rotation path for future indications
(bridges, surgical guides…)
• Quiet and vibration-free milling
• High quality shapes without undercuts
Versatile Indications
• Single tooth restorations: crown , inlay, onlay

• Ready for future indications: veneers, 3-elements
bridge, surgical guide
• Mills industry standard materials
• Compatible with all-ceramic and resin-based materials
• Safe investment for the future
Intuitive Milling Software
• All parameters can be automatically set

• Displays clear commands, milling conditions,
and error messages
• Any staff can operate it with a simple training
• Stores case history, including traceability information
Simple And Fast Operation
• Easy block locking system

– additional tool is not required unlike other systems
• Single button on the unit (Start/Stop)
• Simple control, but fast operation
• Fool proof control
Digital Equipment » Ⅲ. Milling Machine Digital Dentistry 232 /233
Ⅲ. Milling Machine for Dental Lab
Coritec 250i
Highlights
• 5 Axes processing with axis alignment up to 25°.
• Fully automatic 10-times tool changer including automatic tool length measurement.
• Tool lifetime control / tool breakage control.
• Integrated precision length measuring switch / Integrated tank and cooling liquid cycle
• Simplest tool management and blank equipping.
• Simplest handling: with one click to an excellent result.
• Night mode function: after successful completion the software switches off automatically.
• Highest precision by high frequency spindle with up to 60.000 Rpm.
• Applicable as flexible, affordable starter model as well as additional laboratory system in
larger laboratories and milling centers.
• Milling of approximately 45 units without changing a blank.
• Including control-pc based on windows.
Technology
• High quality and polished basic granite plate for highest precision and stability.
• 5 Axes processing 3+2 or 5 axes simultaneous processing.
• High-definition and high-performance (up to 8 a) micro step controller and motors in all axes.
• Processing station as rotating and pivoting axis with “harmonic drive“ gearings for highest
vibration-free stability.
• High-frequency spindle “jäger“ with up to 60.000 Rpm.
• Integrated purging device and three cooling nozzles for wet processing in spindle holder.
• Suction unit for perfect exhausting of arising dust.
• Machine integrated cooling liquid basin, filter station and pump.
• Automatic 10-times tool changer as direct tool changer.
• Tool holder with 3 mm shaft / Integrated precision length measuring switch up to 2 μm.
• Automatic control of air pressure and cooling liquid.
• Including control software remote dental 2.0 with tool breakage and tool lifetime control.
• Consumption of compressed air approx. 60 L/min (min. 6,5 Bar).
• Weight: 100 kg / Dimensions: 535 x 620 x 670 mm (w x h x d).
Zenotec mini
• High-Tech does not have to be supersized. The ultracompact Zenotec mini milling system
simply beams with efficiency. In conjuntion with a scanner and a PC, we can condense
your lab to desktop dimensions. With Wieland into the digital future-you’ll just love it.
• Low-cast professional start-up.
• 4-axis geometry
• Automatic tool change and measurement
• All indications-including fully contoured restorations
• Including CAM software
Technical specifications
• Dimensions : 40 x 42 x 38 (w x h x d) / Weight : 45kg / Spindle (rpm) : Up to 60,000
• Milling stations : 1 (dry) / Tool positions : 6
• Type of drive (maintenance-free) : Precision ball-screw spindle drive
• Voltage / frequency / power requirement / Nominal output : 230 V / 50 Hz / 2 A / 240w
• Compressed air connection : min. 7 bar
• Remote maintenance
• Production capacity : Approx. 2 blanks per day
• Range of materials : Zenotec range of materials, except metal
• Indication : Bridges with up to 14 units, depending on material
• Automatic day and night operation
• Automatic tool measurement with breakage detection
• Automatic numerical control of all 4 axes
Zenotec select
• Five-axis simultaneous milling
• Automated system with integrated 8-disc material changer
• Synchronous spindle with a maximum speed of 60,000 rpm and four hybrid ball bearings
• 16-position tool changer with automatic tool measurement and replacement tool manage-
ment system
• Absolute precision repeatability value of ± 0,003 mm
• Inclination angle of the rotation axes ± 180° (A-axis) and ± 30° (B-axis)
• Wet operation*
• Benchtop model with very small footprint
CAD / CAM Material » Ⅰ. ZirMon & ZirPlus
CAD / CAM Material

Ⅰ. ZirMon & ZirPlus
ZirMon & ZirPlus is the name of the high quality zirconia block.
• ZirMon : Crown & Bridge, General prosthesis
• ZirPlus : Coping
1. Complete the natural Chroma

A Line CA1, CA2, CA3, CA3.5, CA4
Increasing chroma
esthetics with ease B Line CB1, CB2, CB3, CB4
- Easy work & fine result even in starter. A Line VA1, VA2, VA3, VA3.5, VA4
Value Decreasing brightness
- One touch is enough. B Line VB1, VB2, VB3, VB4
- Complete color gradation of natural teeth.
- Balanced effect liquid for transparency of Gray EG1, EG2, EG3 Paint it on the basic color, increasing saturation of gray.
natural teeth Opal EO1, EO2, EO3, EO4
light blue color for enamel. Concentration will be
- Systemic approching to prevent uncertainity. increased according to number.
Violet color when it is used alone. With chroma line, it
Effect Violet EV1, EV2, EV3 shows light silver white. Brightness will be decreased
according to number.
White EW1, EW2 White liquid, Sub-effect color for EV line to add brightness
High saturation brown, To present dark shade of abra-
Brown EB1
sion and cervical line.
Company Shape Thickness

2. Product compatibility
Wieland Round 98 x 10, 12, 14,16,
ZirMon & ZirPlus provide a various block / Roland type ⌀98 18, 20, 25, 28
shape for compatibility of milling machine.
Choose right specification of block for your Round 100 x 10, 12, 14, 16,
Dentaim
type ⌀100 18, 20, 22, 25, 28
own machine center.
Round 95 x 10, 12, 14, 16,
Zircozahn
type ⌀95 18, 20, 22
3. Mechanical property Classfication ZirPlus ZirMon

Denture intensity 940Mpa 960Mpa
The coefficient of linear turmoil
10.55 x 10K 10.61 x 10K
expansion
Ordianry fraction of LTD (Low tem-
34 °C 5hours: 2.17% 34 °C 5hours: 4.04%
perature degradation) cinnabar
Fracture Toughness 10Mpa ·M 10Mpa ·M
Translucency Fitness
All Light Transmittance(D65)%
40 20
30 15
20 10
Gap(㎛)
10 5
0 0
Zirmon Zirmon Company A Company B
Zirmon Company Company Zirmon Zirmon Zirmon Zirmon Zirmon
1450℃ 1400℃ 1500℃ 1500℃ A B S-A1 S-A2 S-A3 S-B1 S-B2
The result of translucency test with other Zirmon shows more precise fitness under (10㎛)
brands approved it’s high performance even compared with other bland products.
in low sintering temperature.
Zirmon Company A Company B

CAD / CAM Material » Ⅰ. ZirMon & ZirPlus Digital Dentistry 234 /235
Solid disk Step edge on one side Both edge grooves
ZirMon & ZirPlus
Height
Description Size Shade Ref.C Description Size Shade Ref.C
98 x 12T - DDX-DISK-C12 A1 DDX-C-M9814-A1

98 x 14T - DDX-DISK-C14 A2 DDX-C-M9814-A2
Both A3 DDX-C-M9814-A3
Coping, 98 x 16T - DDX-DISK-C16
edge Zirplus 98 x 14T
Build up 98 x 18T - DDX-DISK-C18 B1 DDX-C-M9814-B1
grooves
98 x 20T - DDX-DISK-C20 B2 DDX-C-M9814-B2
98 x 22T - DDX-DISK-C22 B3 DDX-C-M9814-B3
98 x 10T - DDX-DISK-OM10 A1 DDX-C-M9816-A1
Zirmon 98 x 16T
98 x 16T - DDX-DISK-OM16 B1 DDX-C-M9816-B1
Disk
Solid A1 DDX-C-M9818-A1
98 x 22T - DDX-DISK-OM22
disk
A1 DDX-C-OM9810-A1 A2 DDX-C-M9818-A2
A2 DDX-C-OM9810-A2 A3 DDX-C-M9818-A3
Zirmon 98 x 18T
A3 DDX-C-OM9810-A3 B1 DDX-C-M9818-B1
S Color 98 x 10T
B1 DDX-C-OM9810-B1 B2 DDX-C-M9818-B2
block
B2 Zirmon B3 DDX-C-M9818-B3
DDX-C-OM9810-B2
S Color
B3 DDX-C-OM9810-B3 A1 DDX-C-M9820-A1
block
Both A2 DDX-C-M9820-A2
Step Zirmon 98 x 10T - DDX-DISK-MM10 Monolithic
edge
edge Disk 98 x 12T - DDX-DISK-MM12 Crown A3 DDX-C-M9820-A3
grooves 98 x 20T
on one Zirmon S B1 DDX-C-M9820-B1
side Color block 98 x 12T A2 DDX-C-MM9812-A2
B2 DDX-C-M9820-B2
98 x 10T - DDX-DISK-M10 B3 DDX-C-M9820-B3
Monolithic 98 x 12T - DDX-DISK-M12 A1 DDX-C-M9822-A1
Crown
98 x 14T - DDX-DISK-M14 A2 DDX-C-M9822-A2
Zirmon 98 x 16T - DDX-DISK-M16 A3 DDX-C-M9822-A3
Disk 98 x 18T 98 x 22T
- DDX-DISK-M18 B1 DDX-C-M9822-B1
98 x 25T - DDX-DISK-M25 A1 DDX-C-M9825-A1
A1 DDX-C-M9810-A1 A2 DDX-C-M9825-A2
Both A2 DDX-C-M9810-A2 A3 DDX-C-M9825-A3
edge 98 x 25T
groves A3 DDX-C-M9810-A3 B1 DDX-C-M9825-B1
98 x 10T
B1 DDX-C-M9810-B1 B2 DDX-C-M9825-B2
B2 DDX-C-M9810-B2 B3 DDX-C-M9825-B3
Zirmon B3 DDX-C-M9810-B3 100 x 16T DDX-DISK-MM10016
S Color
block A1 DDX-C-M9812-A1 Zirmon 100 x 18T DDX-DISK-MM10018
A2 DDX-C-M9812-A2 Disk 95 x 12T DDX-DISK-9512
A3 DDX-C-M9812-A3 95 x 14T DDX-DISK-9514
98 x 12T
B1 DDX-C-M9812-B1
15mm
B2 DDX-C-M9812-B2 Color Liquid DDX-C-LIQUID
/ 30ea (set)
B3 DDX-C-M9812-B3
236 /237
Regeneration
238 Bone Graft Material

239 Ⅰ. Auto-Max™
242 Ⅱ. Mega-Oss™
243 Ⅲ. Mega-Oss Bovine™
244 Ⅳ. Mega-TCP™
245 Ⅴ. Bone Plus™
246 Narrow Ridge

246 Ⅰ. SmarThor™
249 Ⅱ. BonEx Kit™
251 Ⅲ. Procedures of Ridge Split Technique
252 Ⅳ. Clinical Cases
256 Augmentation
256 Ⅰ. i-Gen™
258 Ⅱ. Package
260 Ⅲ. Clinical Cases
262 Sinus
262 Ⅰ. MICA Kit™
267 Ⅱ. MILA Kit™
Bone Graft Material » Ⅰ. Auto-Max
Bone Graft Material
Autogenous Bone Harvester Allograft Xenograft Synthetic Synthetic

Auto-Max Mega-Oss Mega-Oss Bovine Mega-TCP(β-TCP 100%) Bone Plus(BCP, HA:β-TCP)
We understand your PREFERENCES of bone graft materials

so we have prepared ALL options for an ideal regeneration.
MegaGen’s suggestion for Autogenous Bone Harvester Auto-Max
Bone Graft Material Allograft Mega-Oss

Xenograft Mega-Oss Bovine
Synthetic Bone Graft Mega-TCP(β-TCP 100%)
Synthetic Bone Graft Bone Plus(BCP, HA:β-TCP=60:40)
We are proud of the SUPERIOR QUALITY of our bone products and

you will be happy with our COMPETITIVE PRICES.
We strictly control PARTICLE SIZE of graft materials (400-750㎛),
and maintain HIGHER INTERCONNECTED POROSITY for angiogenesis.

Bone Graft Material » Ⅰ. Auto-Max Regeneration 238 /239
Ⅰ. Auto-Max ™ Description Ref.C Spec.
Autogenous Bone Harvester AM2535 Ø2.5~Ø3.5 / Stopper
AM6070 Ø6.0~Ø7.0 / Stopper

Auto-Max
AM4050 Ø4.0~Ø5.0 / Stopper
1. Design Concept AM5060 Ø5.0~Ø6.0 / Stopper
Ø3.5 Ø5.0 Ø6.0 Ø7.0
Ø3.5 Ø5.0 Ø6.0 Ø7.0
Auto-Max Equipped with optimal blade

Material : S42010 design, so bone can be
harvested with low RPM.
Wide opening for easy removal of

harvested bone
Stopper
- Material : Ti-6Al-4V(Titanium alloy)
- Coating : TiN Coating
Unique sliding design for smooth
lifting of Stopper with appropriate Designed for easy connection &
resistance as drilling progresses disconnection
Designed to connect the Stopper Optimally designed so that the bone will
securely. A ledge to secure the not be lost.
position of Stopper at start.
4mm Stop
Center guide to prevent slippery op-

eration during drilling
Bone Graft Material » Ⅰ. Auto-Max
1. Connect an Auto-Max to the handpiece and position the stopper on the Auto-Max.
2. How to use
2. The Auto-Max should meet the bone surface perpendicularly. Press the handpiece to fix
the sharp point of the drill on the bone, and start drilling at about 300~500 rpm with copi-
ous irrigation.
3. Do not pump during harvest. Pumping may scatter the harvested bone.
4. The Auto-Max will automatically stop ped at bone depth of 4mm.
5. Disconnect the stopper from Auto-Max and collect particulated autogenous bone in a
sterilized tray.
Repeat steps 1~5 until the desired volume of bone is obtained.
6. Bone should be harvested from a new site each time, avoiding overlap with other harvest sites.
[e.g.]
.0 Ø3.5 Ø5.0 Ø6.0 Ø7.0

Ø7
(O) (X) (X)

Ø3.5 Ø5.0 Ø6.0 Ø7.0
.0 Ø3.5 Ø5.0 Ø6.0 Ø7.0
Ø6 Ø3.5 Ø5.0 Ø6.0 Ø7.0
.0
Ø57.0 Ø3.5 Ø5.0 Ø6.0 Ø7.0
Ø
.5
Ø3.0
Ø6 Ø3.5 Ø5.0 Ø6.0 Ø7.0
.0
Ø5
.5
Ø3
(X) (O)
1. 2.
3. Products
4mm
Ø3.5
Ø3.5 Ø5.0
Ø5.0 Ø6.0
Ø6.0 Ø7.0
Ø7.0
Bone Graft Material » Ⅰ. Auto-Max Regeneration 240 /241
➲ Clinical Cases
Fig 1. Severe periodontitis on # 35 was

extracted 2 months before.
Fig 2. #34 was extracted and the socket
was degranulated SmarThoroughly.
Fig 3. Auto-Max was prepared for bone
harvesting. Fig 1 Fig 2
Fig 4. Autogenous bone was harvested from
the ramus.
Fig 5. The defect was filled with harvested
autogenous bone following implant placement.
Fig 6. Intra-oral radiograph immediate after
surgery.
Fig 3 Fig 4
Fig 5 Fig 6
Fig 1. The prosthetics on the mandibular

right molar were broken with secondary
caries.
Fig 2. Three implants were placed after ex-
traction and degranulation of residual roots.
All the implants showed bone defects.
Fig 3. Auto-Max harvested autogenous
Fig 1
bone from edentulous area.
Fig 4. The autogenous bone was mixed
with Mega-Oss bovine to increase volume
of graft.
Fig 5. The defects were filled with the
graft mixture and covered with a collagen
membrane. Fig 2
Fig 6. The panoramic radiograph taken im-

mediately after surgery.
Fig 7. Intra-oral radiographs taken after
delivery of customized abutments.
Fig 3
Fig 4
Fig 5
Fig 6 Fig 7
Bone Graft Material » Ⅱ. Mega-Oss
Ⅱ. Mega-Oss ™
Description Ref.C Package size
Autogenous Bone Harvester
MOB025 0.25cc
Mega-Oss MOB050 0.5cc
MOB100 1.0cc
1. 100% young, and healthy

US donor for US & EU
market, 100% young,
and healthy Korean do-
nor for Korean and Asian
market.
2. FDBA (Freeze Dried Bone

Allograft).
3. Ideal Combination of Cancellous Cortical

Cancellous (60%) & Powder (60%) Powder(40%)
Promotes cell adhe- Cortical Bone has a
Cortical (40%) bone. sion, bone remodel- slow infiltration ca-
ing and reformation pacity, enabling the
of blood vessels. maintenance of space
in grafted areas.
4. Strictly selected particle Small particles(≤250㎛) may provoke inflammatory response rather than osseous regeneration.
We don’t have this kind of small dusts in the Mega-Oss™.
size (400~710㎛).
Mega-Oss™ Company L
Bone Graft Material » Ⅲ. Mega-Oss Bovine Regeneration 242 /243
Ⅲ. Xenograft Mega-Oss Bovine ™

Description Ref.C Package size
IBPS08 0.25g
Mega-Oss
Bovine
IBPS50 0.5g
SEM, x50
1. Safe & Effective bone Mega-Oss bone chip is bovine tissue procured and processed according to Korea Food & Drug
Administration regulations.
substitution – Mega-Oss All of Bovine raw materials come form Australia where there is no threat of BSE(Bovine Spongiform
Encephalopathy) and these raw materials are extracted form the calves under 24 month old.
Bovine
NC PC HCCP BCCP
A B
4W
NC PC HCCP BCCP
4W
8W
8W
Histological data
NC HCCP BCCP
x40 x100 x40 x100 x40 x100
4W
8W
Rat calvarial defect animal study-Histology

NC=normal group PC=only defect without grafting HCCP=human cancellous chip BCCP=intergraft cancellous chip
Bone Graft Material » Ⅳ. Mega-Oss
Ⅳ. Synthetic bone graft Mega-TCP ™ Description Ref.C Package size
MTCP025 0.25g
Mega-TCP
MTCP050 0.5g
(100% β-TCP, Tri Calcium Phosphate)
1. Optimal porous structure - 3- Dimensional Interconnected Porous Structure (3 DIPS)

- The pores are optimized for new tissue and vessel growth(100~300㎛ in diameter) [Refer
similar to cancellous bone ence: B.S. Chang et al., Biomaterials, 2000. 21(12);1291-1298] (Korean Patent No. 10-
0401941)
- 75% macro-porosity and more than 99% interconnectivity offers outstanding compressive
strength.
- Conforming to the international standard (ASTM F1088 – 04

2. Outstanding stability Standard Specification for Beta Tricalcium Phosphate for
Surgical Implantation), highly pure beta TCP is sintered at high
temperature during production and gamma sterilization.
- No concern about immune response or infective disease
(hepatitis, tuberculosis, AIDS, SARS, etc.)
-Passed all test items of international medical device standard
ISO 10993-1 Biological evaluation of medical devices – Part
1: Evaluation and testing (KOLAS certified Korea Testing and
Research Institute)
3. Biodegradable and Mega-TCP is made of 100% biodegradable β-TCP, and has similar resorption speed with
TM
resorbable material new bone formation. Thus after 6~18 months Mega-TCP will be completely replaced with new
bone.
New bone formation(%)

4 weeks 8 weeks
Mega-TCP 11.92% 25.08%
Bio-Oss 11.24% 14.47%
Animal tests for the amount(%) of newly formed bone tissue(NB %)

(Mouse, 4 and 8 week results)
(compared with Bio-Oss, Geistlich, Switzerland)
Bone Graft Material » Ⅴ. Mega-Oss Bovine Regeneration 244 /245
Ⅴ. Synthetic bone graft Bone Plus ™ Description Ref.C Package size
MGSB0802 0.25g
BCP
EAGLE MGSB0805 0.50g
(BCP, Biphasic Calcium Phosphate) EYE
MGSB0810 1.00g
BCP MGSB1005 0.50g
BULLS
EYE MGSB1010 1.00g
1. Ideal combination of HA &

β-TCP(60:40)
2. S
pecially designed particle
shape completely non-
irritating to recipient tissue.
3. Histomorphometric results Group N Mean

(4 weeks, mouse skull) Bone Plus
TM
5 21.5±2.7
MBCP(BCP) 5 10.3±4.6
Osteon(BCP) 5 11.8±3.0 Bone Plus
TM
Bio-Oss(Bovine) 5 11.5±4.6
Amount of newly formed mineralized Bone
Cerasorb(β-TCP) 5 7.6±1.4
tissue (NB%), 4weeks
4. Harmony of macro- and Macropore of Micropore,

micro- pores 400-500㎛ is interconnected, of
ideal for angio- 10-50㎛ provide
genesis and bone spaces for ion-
Bone Plus TM ingiowth. Micro-pore exchange.
[x60] [x5000]
5. A human biopsy to show

excellent bone ingrowth
into macro- and micro-
pores.
Small biopsy containing was harvested Trichrome stain

from the ridge between two fixtures to
verify the quality of regeneration with a
trephine.
Narrow Ridge » Ⅰ. SmarThor
Narrow Ridge Description Color Ref.C
Ⅰ. SmarThor ™ SmarThor White DMT-SmarThor-W

(2 SmarThor tips
included,
Red DMT-SmarThor-R
1Sliver Tip, 1 Gold Tip)
: Most simple and easy to split Sliver DMT-SmarThor-TS
SmarThor Tip
Gold DMT-SmarThor-TG
1. Simple, Strong
& Reasonable price
- Simple
Conventional types Only Three buttons!
: Too many buttons & controllers : On & Off, Foot switch, Power Boost
FootSwoch free Boost on FootSwoch lock Boost off Error
FootSwoch free Boost on FootSwoch Lock Boost off Error
- Strong
Comparison of vibration wave transmit- Measurement of vibration frequency at
ted to the tips the end of saw
Magnitude
150
(mv) Devices Measurements of Tip End
used Vibration Frequency
100
SmarThor 28.18 kHz
50
Company D 28.09 kHz
Company M 27.14 kHz
0 Company E 27.94 kHz
Company S 28.33 kHz
Company A 29.88 kHz
Smart Thor Company A Company B Company C
Vibrator wave
BS01 Tip BS01 Tip OT6 Tip BS01 Tip

Narrow Ridge » Ⅰ. SmarThor Regeneration 246 /247
2. Specially Designed Saw Calibrations to see the depth of cut!

: 4, 6, 8 and 10mm
for Ridge Splitting
Extremely Thin Saw
: For 0.36mm thick only.
: To cut extremely narrow ridges.
10
Saw compatability with other piezo machines
Saw Company A Company B Company C

0.36mm 0.79mm 0.56mm 0.61mm
Company Product
Company M PIEZO SURGERY
Company S Surgybone
Company E Surgysonic
Company D Sonic Surgeon 300

Narrow Ridge » Ⅰ. SmarThor
3. Perfect match with the

AnyRidge Implants
®
Well tapered body, Knife Threads, Nar- 0.36mm

2mm
row Platform make Ridge Splitting more
effective!
Sawing with SmarThor to the 2 mm osteotomy guides
depth of implant length fixture placement
Narrow platform gives

no stress to split cortical
bone!
Tapered body works as

an Expander!
Knife Threads make

2.3mm insertion easier, and have
an excellent engagement
into bone!
• Knife(Deep) Thread
The powerful self tapping thread provides an incredible initial stability with increased resis-
tance to compressive force while minimizing the generation of shear force.
• Tapered body
As the core is narrow & uniformed, the implant can be placed as a horizontal bone incision
during ridge splitting resulting in better initial stability and less stress to the bone.
• Less reduction and Better Preservation of cortical bone

AnyRidge’s macro shape helps maintain more buccal and lingual cortical bone than any other
implant system in the market today. The unique shape of the implant with a narrow core and
varying thread depths enables wider diameter implants to be placed into narrow ridges.
AnyRidge, the Thinking Man’s Privilege

■Always guarantees excelllent initial stability
■Less reduction and better preservation of cortical bone
■Wider implant is possible than the cortical width
■Strong body and greater surface area
4. Economical Only ‘One’ Ridge Splitting Case

can cover the cost of a SmarThor!
Narrow Ridge » Ⅱ. BonEx Kit Regeneration 248 /249
Ⅱ. BonEx Kit ™
: Best combination with SmarThor™

: Perfect for the exceptionally difficult cases
Description Diameter Length Marking Ref.C

Expander
(mm) line(mm)
BonEx Kit - - - KBECS3000
Ø2.4 TCMBE2413
Ø2.8 TCMBE2813
BonEx Kit Ø3.3 7 / 8.5 / TCMBE3313
13
component Ø3.8 10 / 11.5 TCMBE3813
Ø4.3 TCMBE4313
Ø4.8 TCMBE4813 Step-by-step ridge Expander can be placed with a Handpiece & a
Ratchet Extension, matching with the core shape of the AnyRidge
Fixture .
Ratchet
option Connector
(TANRES)
Lance Drill
(MGD100L)
Ratchet
Connector
(TANREL)
Handpiece Connector
(TCMSC403)
Useful in very narrow bone (<2mm) (TANHCU) (TANHCS)

Use Lance Drill before Expanders to avoid bone breakage during drilling.
Can be tapped until the end with a Mallet.
Narrow Ridge » Ⅲ. Procedures of Ridge Split Technique
Ⅲ. Procedures of Ridge Split Technique
➲ Step 1. Indications
Ridge Splitting techniques may be used in any case with a narrow ridge. Single
implant or limited space cases, however, offer less room for expansion.
If the narrow ridge consists solely of cortical bone with no intervening cancellous bone, it will be difficult
to achieve a good ridge split. Also, it is advised to be cautions in the maxillary anterior as ridge splitting
may cause the labial cortical bone to move too labially, resulting in severe angulation of the implants.
➲ Step 2. Incision
Incision line is recommended to be at the center of remaining keratinized tissue.
A longer horizontal incision is better to permit adequate sawing for ridge splitting. One tooth-size more,
mesially and distally.
➲ Step 3. Flap reflection

Full thickness or Full-to-partial thickness flap is recommended.
If the ridge crest is less than 2mm, it is advisable to reduce the crestal bone until the width is at least
2mm.
➲ Step 4. Sawing(with SmarThor)

Sawing starts from the center of ridge.
The ridge should be cut slightly at a buccal angulation, because resorption occurs on buccal bone. If the
lingual bone is too thin after sawing, splitting may occur to the lingual side making implant position too
far lingual. Thin ridged bone should be cut to the depth of implant length. For example, if the intended
implant length is 8.5mm, the incision should be cut to 8.5mm. In most cases, vertical bone cutting is not
necessary when you place AnyRidge implant. Only small offsets at the ends of horizontal bone cutting
are enough to guide the direction of ridge expansion if needed.
Try to maintain lingual bone thicker than buccal to expand thin ridge buccally.
Slightly angulated cutting is recommended.
Chiseling (Optional)
If the crest is less than 2mm, it’s better to expand with a Chisel first.
It is to avoid bone defects which can be made with drilling on the thin ridge. Light tapping with a
Mallet will be enough.
Narrow Ridge » Ⅲ. Procedures of Ridge Split Technique Regeneration 250 /251
➲ Step 5. Drilling
Now drill at the desired position and axis of implant.
In ridge expansion technique, lance and 2mm drilling is enough in most cases. It’s only to guide the
implant path. If a flat-bottomed implant was planned, drilling should be extended to the diameter rec-
ommended by the manufacturer, resulting in the dehiscence debect before implant placement.
Expanding with BonEx kit (Optional)

Slow expansion with BonEx Kit is recommended.
The Expanders can be engaged easily with bone by a handpiece (50 Ncm). If it stops before
the depth of osteotomy, use a Torque Wrench or a Ratchet Wrench with Ratchet Extension.
Same procedure can be repeated with wider diameter of Expander.
➲ Step 6. Implant placement

Place the implants when the ridge is expanded adequately or has enough flexibility.
If you use Expanders, it’s better to leave an Expander during placement of the first implant to keep the
ridge expanded. Torque force up to 60-70 Ncm will be fine to place an implant.
➲ Step 7. Bone graft & Membrane

The remaining bone defects can be filled with any kind of bone graft material. Re-
sorbable membrane is recommend for better bone filling.
➲ Step 8. Suture
One stage or two stage approach can be chosen according to the conditions, but
it is recommended to finish several cases with a successful result before trying
one stage surgical approach.
Adequate periosteal releasing incision is needed if primary closure is planned.
Narrow Ridge » Ⅳ. Clinical Cases
Ⅳ.Clinical Cases 1 : Mandibular Posterior - Courtesy of Dr. Kwang-Bum Park
Fig 1. A 79 year-old female patient visited with Preoperative panoramic radiograph

a chief complaint of chewing difficulty on the
mandibular molar area. She had been using
a denture for more than 30 years. The ridge
was narrow, which needed an expansion. She
was physically healthy. Considering her age,
the ridge split technic was decided to be done.
Fig 2. The ridge width was about 3mm on
the crest. The ridge was splitted with a thin
saw (only horizontally to the depth of implant
length) (11.5, 10, 8.5 and 7mm from front
to back, respectively), then 2mm lance drill-
ing was done. Compare the drilling site with Fig 1
ridge width.
Fig 3. Fixtures were placed with a handpiece
which was set on 40 Ncm torque force. Each
fixture stopped at the level shown on the pic-
ture. Then the fixtures were screwed down
with a Torque Wrench, one full turn on each
fixture sequentially.
Fig 4. All the fixtures were placed completely,
1 mm under the crest in consideration of Fig 2
bone remodeling. The crestal bone was split
ed enough to make ideal width. Fig 3
Fig 4
Narrow Ridge » Ⅳ. Clinical Cases Regeneration 252 /253
Fig 5. The gap defect was filled with Mega-Oss

allograft and covered with a collagen mem-
brane. Then primary closure was made.
Fig 6 Postoperative panoramic radiograph.
The other side was done with same proce-
dure.
Fig 7. The healing was uneventful, and the Fig 5
second stage surgery was done with simple
incision after 3 months.
Fig 8. Intraoral radiographs taken at the fol-
lowing procedures. The crestal bone was
well maintained with excellent bone regen-
eration with the ridge split technique.
Fig 6
Fig 7
6 wks 4 mns
4.5 mns final restoration Fig 8

Narrow Ridge » Ⅳ. Clinical Cases
Ⅳ.Clinical Cases 2 : Mandibular Posterior - Courtesy of Dr. Kwang-Bum Park
Fig 1. A 74 year-old female patient visited with

chief complaints of denture discomfort and
chewing difficulty on the mandible. Through
the intraoral and radiographic examinations,
she showed problems on many teeth, but
she wanted to treat edentulous area first.
Both mandibular molar area showed thin
ridges which needed to be expanded for im-
plant placement.
Fig 2. When the flap was reflected on the right Preoperative panoramic radiograph and intraoral views.
side, the ridge width was less than 3mm. Fig 1
The ridge was sawed with a SmarThor hori-

zontally to the depth of 10 mm.
Fig 3. Only hole by Lance Drill (2mm in diam-
eter) was made on the anterior two implant
sites, and 2.9mm drilling was done on the
second molar area. Then ∅4.5 x 10 mm Fig 2
AnyRidge implants were placed for the two
molars. The 50Ncm-set handpiece stopped
at the level shown at the center picture.
Compare the ridge width and the size of
AnyRidge fixtures on the right.
Fig 4. The first molar implant was placed. Due
to the special structure of the AnyRidge Im-
plant system, the cortical bone on the top
showed greenstick fracture during place-
ment, but when the implant was placed
completely under the crest, the fractured Fig 3
bone came back to the original position.

Fig 5. Small amount of Mega-Oss™ allograft
and collagen membrane were placed to
enhance regeneration, and primary closure
was made.
Fig 6. Postoperative panoramic radiograph. Fig 4
Fig 7. 3 months after the ridge split and implant
placement, the second stage surgery was
made with simple incision and flap, just by split-
ting the remaining keratinized tissue into two,
despite its being limited. The bone was regener-
ated excellently.
Fig 5
Fig 6
Fig 7
Narrow Ridge » Ⅳ. Clinical Cases Regeneration 254 /255
Fig 8. 4mm diameter Healing Abutments were

connected. Smaller diameter Healing Abut-
ments were recommended in the case of lim-
ited keratinized tissue in order to help preserve
the tissue.
Fig 9. Final restorations were delivered following
the routine procedure. All implant prosthetics
were made as a single crown. Fig 8
Fig 10. At the first follow-up visit after 3 months

from the final restoration delivery, the gingival
condition had improved.
Fig 11. Intra-oral radiographs with clinical pro-
cedures and follow-up. All the implants were
restored as a single crown. The crestal bone
showed excellent response to all implants.
Fig 9
Fig 10
1 month after implant insertion
4 month after implant insertion
Provisional restorations
6 months after final restorations Fig 11

Augmentation » Ⅰ. i-Gen
Augmentation
Ⅰ. i-Gen
>2.5mm
horizontal extension
needed to make >2mm labial
bone after remodeling.
Lingual Extension
should be considered for
a large defect.
>100°blunt angle
≥2mm with bevel should be made to avoid
soft tissue irritation.
Need to have at least
1mm of space above
the platform of a fixture:
Make this space with a
pre-existing abutment,
eg, i-Gen Screw.
0.5~ 1.0mm
shrinkage will occur after
removal of membrane.
Apical skirt
should be adapted
to the bone.
Ideal regeneration line

i-Gen Membrane Small Regular Wide
Dimension
PL BW BL BD LW LL Type Ref.C
(Proximal (Buccal (Buccal (Buccal (Lingual (Lingual
Length) width) Length) Distance) width) Length)
BD
LL 4 9 11 4.5 - - A1 IG1W4509
4 10 11 5.5 - - A2 IG1W5510
A1 A2 A3
BW PL LW
4 11 11 6.5 - - A3 IG1W6511
5 9 11 4.5 - - B1 IG2W0918
BL
6.5 11 11 5.5 - - B2 IG2W1120
9 13 11 6.5 - - B3 IG2W1323
B1 B2 B3
5 9 11 4.5 6 4.25 C1 IG3W0921
6.5 11 11 5.5 8 4.25 C2 IG3W1125
9 13 11 6.5 10 9 C3 IG3W1328
C1 C2 C3
Augmentation » Ⅰ. i-Gen Regeneration 256 /257
➲ i-Gen Components
i-Gen Screw Type Cuff Height

(mm) Ref.C
C.H
* We recommend that you verify the size 1.0 IA2010

of the abutment screws before use, it M2.0 2.0 IA2020
should be noted that it may not be fully
3.0 IA2030
compatible depending on the tolerance
of each manufacturer. 1.0 IA1810
C.H
M 2.0 M1.8 2.0 IA1820
• MegaGen (AnyOne, EZ Plus(R&W) & MegaFix)
• Straumann (Standard & Standard Plus) 3.0 IA1830
• Nobel Biocare (Nobel Replace Tapered Groovy)
1.0 IA1610
• Dentium (Superline)
• Dio (Steady, SM, IFI) M1.6 2.0 IA1620
• Neobiotech (IS)
• Osstem (TSⅥ) 3.0 IA1630 C.H
M 1.8 1.5 IA1415

• MegaGen (AnyRidge)
M1.4 2.0 IA1420
• Dentsply-Frident (Ankylos C/X Implant)
• Zimmer (TSV) 3.0 IA1430
M 1.6 C.H
• MegaGen (EZ Plus Internal _Small)
• Straumann (Bone Level)
• 3i (Osseotite certain & Full Osseotite NT Certain)
M 1.4
• MegaGen (MiNi)
i-Gen Cover Screw Type Height (mm) Ref.C 1.0
- Use Hand Driver(1.2 Hex) Hex 1.2 1.0 ICS3510

• Used for primary closure after i-Gen(on top of
i-Gen screw).
i-Gen Healing Abutment Height(mm) Ref.C
• Used for one stage approach after i-Gen(on top of H

2 FHA402
i-Gen screw).
3 FHA403
4 FHA404
• This driver is designed to deliver i-Gen screw into 10 Short TCMHDS1600

a fixture. Just finger force is enough to tighten the
i-Gen screw. L
Augmentation » Ⅱ. i-Gen Package
Ⅱ. i-Gen Package Full & Trial package ver 2.0 (AnyRidge or AnyOne)
Full & Trial package ver 2.0 (AnyRidge or AnyOne)
MegaGen offers two convenient and cost effective i-Gen packages for starters.
Recommended
(Refer to below table)
types of i-Gen fo
Experience the wonderful outcomes of i-Gen membrane. Recommended

(Refer to below table)
types of i-Gen for A1, B1, C1 A2,
A1, B1, C1 A2, B
on i-Gen Screw Put

on i-Gen Screw
Cover Screw Maxilla Ma
material Healing Abutment
on i-Gen Screw Put
on i-Gen Screw
Cover Screw Maxilla Man
material Healing Abutment
Fill the defect Fix i-Gen membrane Cover the area with
Place an implant Connect on i-Gen Screw to with bone graft Put i-Gen membrane with a Cover Screw soft tissue and
in the defect the inserted implnat material on the i-Gen Screw or Healing Abutment make a tight suture
Full Package
Full Package Full Package
• Kindly note that i-gen membrane should go with

proper i-gen screw type.
• Please choose proper i-gen membrane according
to i-gen screw type.
Type Ref.C
M2.0 IGFP20
M1.8 IGFP18
M1.6 IGFP16
M1.4 IGFP14
Hand
/ 6ea Hand
2.5mm / 3ea 3.5mm / 3ea
/ 6ea
2.5mm / 3ea 3.5mm / 3ea
Full Package includes : 12 i-Gen membranes / 12 i-Gen Screws (1mm, 2mm, 3mm cuff x 4each) / 6 Cover Screws /
6 Healing Abutments (2.5, 3.5mm height) / 1 Hand Driver (Hex 1.6)
Trial Package Trial Package

Trial Package
• Kindly note that i-gen membrane should go with
proper i-gen screw type.
• Please choose proper i-gen membrane according
to i-gen screw type.
Hand
Type Ref.C Hand
M2.0 IGTP20
M1.8 IGTP18
M1.6 IGTP16
1mm Cuff / 2ea 2mm Cuff / 2ea 3mm Cuff / 2ea
M1.4 IGTP14 1mm Cuff / 2ea 2mm Cuff / 2ea 3mm Cuff / 2ea
※ Individual items can be ordered additionally to fill / 2ea 2.5mm / 2ea 3.5mm / 2ea
up the package. / 2ea 2.5mm / 2ea 3.5mm / 2ea
※ Additional types of i-Gen Screw for other implant
system are available upon request. Trial Package includes : 6 i-Gen membranes / 6 i-Gen Screws (1mm x 2ea, 2mm x 2ea, 3mm x 2ea) / 2 Cover
Ask to your sales reps. Screws / 4 Healing Abutments (2.5, 3.5mm height) / 1 Hand Driver (Hex 1.6)
Augmentation » Ⅱ. i-Gen Package Regeneration 258 /259
➲ i-Gen membrane
1. How to use Ideal + Regeneration membrane ⇒ i-Gen membrane

1. Place an implant into the recipient site.
2. Connect a i-Gen screw to the implant and bone grafting. Usually 1 mm cuff height is good
enough for vertical space, but 2 or 3 mm cuff height of i-Gen Screw can be chosen according
to situation. The amount of graft material should be enough to fill the space between i-Gen
membrane and the fixture.
3. Selection of i-Gen membrane and placement. According to the size and shape of bone defect,
an i-Gen membrane can be chosen from 9 different shapes. Match the hole of i-Gen mem-
brane with the screw hole of i-Gen screw.
4. Fixate i-Gen membrane with a i-Gen Screw. Choose a i-Gen cover Screw or Flat Healing Abut-
ment to fix i-Gen membrane depending on the need of one or two stage surgery. Tight adapta-
tion of soft tissue flap is recommended.
(Proper soft tissue management is the key to successful regeneration! If the i-Gen
membrane is denuded following wound dehiscence, it is advisable to remove it
immediately)
i-Gen membrane has 9 different sizes and shapes.

2. Which i-Gen? As seen on the figure left, alveolar bone has different widths according to locations. It can be
divided into three categories; Anterior(Sky blue dots), Premolar(Blue dots) and Molar(Dark blue
dots). For Anteriors, ‘narrow’ membranes can be used, which has 4.5mm buccal horizontal
extension from the center of fixture. For Premolars, ‘Regular’ membranes which has 5.5mm
buccal extension, can be selected. The molar area usually needs wide membrane (6.5mm from
fixture center), especially at the immediate placement case with wall defects. Type A and B
membranes are only to cover single wall defects. Type C has a lingual extension to cover lingual
wall defect. Type C has a lingual extension to cover lingual wall defect.
A1 B1 C1 A2 B2 C2 A3 B3 C3
maxilla mandible
Augmentation » Ⅲ. Clinical Cases
Ⅲ. Clinical Cases 1 : Extremely thin mandibular posterior
Fig 1. This 65 year-old male patient visited

with a chief complaint of discomfort on #24
during chewing. On the panoramic view,
large bone defect was observed.
Fig 2. The tooth was extracted and sock-
et was degranulated SmarThoroughly. A
4.5mm AnyRidge Fixture was placed at the
center of socket with excellent initial stability.
Fig 3. An i-Gen Screw, 1mm cuff height, was
Fig 1
connected with the fixture. A 1.6mm Hex Driver

is needed to place a i-Gen Screw, which was
included in the kit. Mega-Oss allograft was
grafted into the defect.
Fig 4. The combined image of i-Gen mem-
brane, a i-Gen Screw and a Healing Abut-
ment. A Healing Abutment was connected
on the i-Gen Screw to fix the i-Gen for one
stage surgical approach. Watch the horizon- Fig 2
tal extension of i-Gen.
Fig 5. Simple suture was made to adapt the
buccal flap against the Healing Abutment.
Fig 3
Fig 4
Fig 5
Augmentation » Ⅲ. Clinical Cases Regeneration 260 /261
Fig 6. Postoperative panoramic and intra-oral

radiograph.
Fig 7. 3 months after surgery. Gingival healing
was excellent and intraoral radiograph showed
considerable increase in radiopacity.
Fig 8. Usually flap opening is not necessary
to remove i-Gen membrane, but in this case
the flap was elevated to check the bone re-
generation. The i-Gen membrane was main- Fig 6
tained very stable in the tissue, and it was

easily removed with a hemostat.
Fig 9. The defect was filled with healthy re-
generated bone. From the occlusal view, the
buccal bone had more than 3mm width at
the level of implant platform.
Fig 10. Flap was closed with simple suture. Fig 7
Fig 8
Fig 9
Fig 10
Sinus » Ⅰ. MICA kit
Sinus
Ⅰ. Crestal approach MICA kit TM Ref.C
SGIS3000
(MegaGen Implant Crestal Approach Kit)
➲ MICA kit Components
ASBE Trephine Bur

Diameter Length (mm) Ref.C
(In / Out)
D
(Out)
Ø3.5/ Ø4.0 ASBESS34
2
2/4/5/6/8
Ø4.0/ Ø5.0 ASBESS45 4
Marking 5
6
Ø5.0/ Ø6.0 ASBESS56 8
Point Trephine Bur Diameter Length (mm) Ref.C

(In / Out)
Ø3.5/ Ø4.0 SPTB3540 D

(Out)
2
Ø4.0/ Ø5.0 SPTB4050 2
Marking
Ø5.0/ Ø6.0 SPTB5060
Mushroom Diameter
(In / Out)
Length (mm) Ref.C
Ø2.8/ Ø3.8 2/4/5/6/8/10 SMR2838
Ø4.8/ Ø5.8 Marking SMR4858

2
4
5
6
8
Sinus » Ⅰ. MICA kit Regeneration 262 /263
Hand Driver Type Length (mm) Ref.C
1.2 Hex 10 TCMHDS1200
Cobra Diameter Length (mm) Ref.C
4 - SCB401
Sinus Express Bur Diameter Length (mm) Ref.C
Ø2.8 EB28
Ø3.4 EB34
2/4/5/6/8/10
Ø4.2 EB42
Marking
Ø4.8 EB48 D
Ø5.8 EB58 2
4
5
6
8
10
Spreader & Condenser Diameter Length (mm) Ref.C
2/4/5/6/8/10
Ø2.8/Ø3.8 SSC3828
Grooving
MICA kit Characteristics & Advantages
NEW Express Bur 1. Cleansibility

The smooth surface makes cleaning easy and leaves no residue after cleaning.
Combined function of Diamond Drill and
Reamer Drill 2. Safety
Stopper provides safe drilling without damaging a membrane even when visibility is poor.
3. Repeated use
Bone chips can be easily removed without getting stuck, so longer life is guaranteed.
4. Cutting capability
Its excellent bone cutting capability eliminates the need to use of the point or ASBE trephine
burs.
① Cleansibility ② Safety ③ Repeated use
Diamond Drill Express Bur Egg shell test Diamond Drill Express Bur Diamond Drill Express Bur
Sinus » Ⅰ. MICA kit Regeneration 264 /265
How to use Crestal approach
Fig 1 Fig 2
Fig 3 Fig 4 Fig 5
Fig 6 Fig 7 Fig 8
Fig 1. Drill with a Point Trephine Bur : 2mm at a time until the laser marking is reached.
Fig 2. Drill with ASBE Trephine Bur until 1-2mm of bone is left and break the bone by slightly tilting the bur.
Remove the collected bone in the trephine by unscrewing the Mini Screw and rotating the shank.
Fig 3. Adjust the position of the stopper to 1mm longer than the remaining bone height and drill with a Express Bur 0.7-1mm smaller in size
than the diameter of the fixture.
Fig 4. Use the Mushroom to lift the membrane through the hole made.
Fig 5. Lift membrane using the Cobra.
Fig 6. Graft the harvested bone and alloplastic material using the Spreader.
Fig 7. Adjust the stopper of Condenser and fill the bone material up to desired depth by pressing.
Fig 8. Install fixtures into the holes.
➲ Clinical Cases - Courtesy of Dr. Samual Lee
Fig 1. Diagnosis with CT

Fig 2. Before surgery
Fig 3. Flap reflection
Fig 4. ASBE Trephine Bur & Express Bur:
expand the hole
Fig 5. Spreader & Condenser : bone graft &
condensation Fig 1 Fig 2 Fig 3
Fig 6. Place a fixture
Fig 7. Graft any buccal defect and place a
collagen membrane
Fig 8. Suture
Fig 9. Postoperative intra-oral radiograph
Fig 4 Fig 5 Fig 6
Fig 7 Fig 8 Fig 9
Fig 1. Intra-oral radiograph(before) surgery

Fig 2. Point Trephine Bur : mark a exact
point to drill
Fig 3. ASBE Trephine Bur : make a hole
Fig 4. Express Bur : expand the hole
Fig 5. Spreader & Condenser : bone graft
condensation Fig 1 Fig 2 Fig 3
Fig 6. Place a fixture

Fig 7. Intra-oral radiograph (after) surgery
Fig 8. Postoperative panoramic view
Fig 4 Fig 5 Fig 6
Fig 7 Fig 8
Sinus » Ⅱ. MILA kit Regeneration 266 /267
Ⅲ. Lateral approach MILA kit TM Ref.C
KLSCN3000
(MegaGen Implant Lateral Approach Kit)
➲ MILA kit Components
Point Trephine Bur Diameter

(In / Out)
Length (mm) Ref.C
D
(Out)
Ø6.5 / Ø7.5 0.5 TLSTBU6705
0.5
Lateral Trephine Bur Diameter

(In / Out)
Length (mm) Ref.C
Ø6.5 / Ø7.5 1 TLSTBU6710

D
(Out)
Ø6.5 / Ø7.5 1.5 TLSTBU6715
L
Window Opener Diameter

(In / Out)
Length (mm) Ref.C
D
(Out)
Ø6.5 / Ø7.5 1.7 TLSWO6710
1.7
Express Bur
Diameter Length (mm) Ref.C
D
2/4/5/6/8/10
Ø7.0 EB70
Marking
1
Membrane Elevator Diameter Length (mm) Ref.C
Ø5.8 - TLSME001 5.8
2.8 - TLSME002
2.8
Sinus » Ⅱ. MILA kit
➲ How to use Lateral approach
Fig 1 Fig 2 Fig 3
Fig 4 Fig 5 Fig 6
Fig 7 Fig 8 Fig 9
Fig 1. Using the Point Trephine Bur Identify the position to drill accurately.
Fig 2. Choose Trephine depending on the thickness of the remaining bone and drill again over the hole made by Point Trephine Bur.
Fig 3. Use Window Opener to fracture and remove the window wall.
Fig 4. Completely remove the remaining window wall with Express Bur.
Fig 5. Use Membrain Elevator 001 through the hole to perform the first membrane lift through the hole.
Fig 6. Use Membrain Elevator 002 to elevate the membrane.
Fig 7. Graft with autogenous bone collected or alloplastic material. Place the fixture.
Fig 8. Close with the window wall.
Fig 9. Suture.
Sinus » Ⅱ. MILA kit Regeneration 268 /269
➲ Clinical Cases - Courtesy of Dr. Samual Lee
Fig 1. Trephine Bur : Trephine with 1mm ex-

ternal stopper
Fig 2. Point Trephine Bur : Make a exact point
to drill
Fig 3. Window Opener : Detach window wall
Fig 4. Window Opener : Remove the wall
Fig 5. Express Bur : Completely remove the
remaining window wall
Fig 6. Elevator : Lift membrane
Fig 7. Graft : Autogenous bone collected or Fig 1 Fig 2
alloplastic material
Fig 8. Previously detached window wall was
tapped into the position to prevent soft tis-
sue migration into the sinus bone grafting.
Fig 3 Fig 4
Fig 5 Fig 6
Fig 7 Fig 8
270 /271
Instrument
& Material
272 Instrument
272 Ⅰ. MEGA ISQ ™
286 Ⅱ. MEG-TORQ ®
288 Ⅲ. MEG-CLEANER ™
291 Ⅳ. MEG-INJECT ®
293 Ⅴ. Free Arm Forte

294 Ⅵ. Clean Area Plus
294 Ⅶ. Luminance LED NOVE
295 Material
295 Ⅰ. MEGA SIL ™
297 Ⅱ. EZ Seal
®
Instrument » Ⅰ. MEGA ISQ
Instrument
Ⅰ. The Original Technology from Osstell MEGA ISQ™
Smart Peg
Description Ref.C
MEGA ISQ OSSTELL-ISQ

AnyOne type 77 OSSTELL-AO77
Smart Peg AnyRidge type 67 OSSTELL-AR67
ExFeel In. type 4 OSSTELL-EX04 AnyRidge AnyOne ExFeel
Adjust the prosthetic process timing

with the objective evidence,
ISQ value confidently.
Instrument » Ⅰ. MEGA ISQ Instrument & Material 272 /273
• When is the right time to load?

1. Optimal
The MEGA ISQ System makes easier for dentists to decide when is the optimal time to load
Loading Decision implants. It’s the ideal substitute for tactile assessment. The decision will always be complicat-
ed. Several key clinical parameters and risk factors are involved, which most of them are relat-
ed to the stability of the implant. Accurate measurements of implant stability therefore provide
valuable diagnostic insight that helps ensure successful treatments. At placement, stability can
be difficult to quantify objectively by merely relying on tactile perception. Torque measurements
are difficult to repeat once the implant has started to integrate and can therefore not provide
a baseline for subsequent comparisons. The invasive torque method may even damage the
healing if used for monitoring osseointegration.
2. Early warnings- • Early warnings instead of failure

A failed treatment result the patient to suffer and considerable costs for both the patient and the dentist. A pre-
Preventing failure cise and reliable diagnostics tool like MEGA ISQ reduces the risk of failure. Each implant patient is unique and
must be judged by his / her own characteristics. Factors affecting the outcome of loading include the patient’s
age, the density and volume of the bone – as well as the degree of osseo-integration. Dentists sometimes
encounter patients whose initial stability score is low. The reason could be that they have had to undergo a
bone graft. In such higher-risk situations, most surgeons would avoid an early-loading protocol. Similarly, a sig-
nificant decrease in stability indicates a potential problem and should be considered as an early warning. The
surgeon may prefer to unload the implant – or perhaps place additional implants – and then wait until stability
increases. Thanks to the accuracy of ISQ measurements, surgeons can make a more well-informed choice of
protocol for each patient. By comparing initial and secondary stability readings, they can detect and act on any
unexpected development during healing and osseo-integration. This makes the treatment of high-risk patients
easier and more predictable – allowing more of these patients to be treated and more of their treatments to be
successful.
3. Quality assurance • Diagnostics add quality

Because MEGA ISQ helps the dentist to decide when to load and avoid failure in high-risk
situations, it becomes a quality-assurance system for the clinic. Most patients intuitively
understand the stability measures and how they govern when to load an implant and when to
wait. This increases their sense of confidence, security and quality. MEGA ISQ also facilitates
communications – between surgeon and prosthodontist, as well as among different clinics.
They can now compare treatments and results in an objective manner, and transfer valuable
knowledge and experience among themselves or to dentists in training.
▼ Warranty
MEGA ISQ is covered by a 12-month warranty from the purchasing date. Users always have
free access to MegaGen by phone and e-mail, should questions arise that are not covered by
the operating manuals.
Low stability Medium stability High stability
Indication Implant at risk Full splint IL Partial Single

Surgical protocol monitor ISQ 2-stage 1-or 2-stage 1-stage
Restorative protocol Traditional Early Immediate
4. Perfect Matching • Innovative KnifeThread design and Comparison of ISQ value trend
accurate diagnostic ISQ
(Internal research data)
AnyRidge fixtures do not depend on the 80

®
cortical bone for initial stability. Decreased

70
stress on the cortical bone helps to prevent
a bone resorption following fixture place- 60
ment. Thanks to the AnyRidge ’s unique
®
knife thread and super self-tapping design, 50

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 wks
better initial stability can be attained in any
compromised bone situation. It offers pro- AnyRidge
gressive bone condensing, ridge expansion, Implant A

Implant B
maximized compressive force resistance
Implant C
and minimized shear force production.
• Round faced and thin thread design

- Less insertion torque
- Excellent initial stabilization
- Resistance to compressive force
- Higher BIC
Obtaining an exact measurement of an implant stability using the MEGA ISQ is a completely
5. MEGA ISQ, Comfortable,
non-invasive procedure. It can normally be performed in a few seconds. An experimentation
fast and easy to use shows that patients ﬁnd it both comfortable and reassuring.
1. The SmartPeg is attached to an implant. It screws into the implant’s inside thread effortlessly.
2. The hand-held probe stimulates the SmartPeg magnetically, without actually being connected
to it – or even touching it.
3. An ISQ value is generated and shown on the display. It reﬂects the level of stability on the
universal ISQ scale – from 1 to 100. The higher the ISQ value, the more stable the implant.
6. Stability development in High initial stability (ISQ values 70 and Implant stability (ISQ)
above) tends not to increase with time even
different bone quality if the high mechanical stability will decrease
and to be replaced by a developed biologi-
70
cal stability. Lower initial stability will normally
increase with time due to the lower mechani-
cal stability being enforced by the bone re-
modeling process (osseointegration). Values 55
such as ISQ 55 or lower should be taken as
a warning sign and actions to improve the
stability might be considered (larger implant Placement Abutment One year
diameter, prolonged healing time etc.)*
Bone quality 1
* Implant stability measurements using Resonance Fre-
quency Analysis. Bone quality 2
Bone quality 3
Bone quality 4
The SmartPeg is a small, precision-crafted metal rod that should be assembled with the implant
(or abutment) while a measurement is being performed. It’s easy to mount and requires minimal
space in the patient’s mouth. It is for a single-use and delivered in sterile boxes of five units. In
non-homogenous bone, the SmartPeg automatically resonates in two perpendicular directions –
thus providing a correct value for the highest as well as the lowest stability direction of the implant.
Early Loading Guide

with AnyRidge & MEGA ISQ™
®
Protocol for an objective

evidence of Implant stability
Published in the Dental News April 7 through 28, 2014.
1. Loading Time Determining Criteria and Conditions for Early Loading _ Dr. Chang Hoon Han
2. Clinical Case Report 1 _ Dr. Chang Hoon Han
3. Clinical Case Report 2 _ Dr. Seung Yup Lee
4. New Protocol for an Objective Evidence of Implant Stability _ Dr. Kwang Bum Park
Begin Prosthetic process in only 4 weeks

With Confidence! objective evidence with ISQ values
Red dotted arrow

Line shows average
ISQ values using
other implants
※ independently
evaluated clinical
studies of 100’s
of cases show
stable or increasing
ISQ values conti-
nuously when
using AnyRidge
implants. Case
studies available
on request from
anyridge @
imegagen.com
Implant Post suture Prosthetics

placement removal begin
1. Loading Time for Determining Criteria

and Conditions for Early Loading - Dr. Chang Hoon Han
Loading time
To assess stability and osseointegration level of implants, many

experiments were done including the tensional test, push-out/
pull-out test, histomorphometric analysis, removal torque test, ra-
diographic analysis, cutting resistance measurements, insertion
torque test, percussion test, periotest, and resonance frequency
analysis (RFA). First let’s go over some of the methods that can
easily be used clinically.
The percussion test is the simplest method to use clinically. It as-
sesses the status of implant with the characteristics of sound by (Figure 3) OsstellTM (Figure 4) The application of OsstellTM
electronic transducer to the implant
tapping the mount of implant or abutment using a dental instrument.
However it relies on subjective judgment, Thus, it has the disadvan-
tage of not being able to assess the stability of implant accurately. Loading Determining Criteria and Conditions
The radiographic test provides an important information on the pre-
op bone quality and quantity, and can relatively easily measure the for Early Loading
changes of marginal bone surrounding the implant. However, its
downside is that it is difficult to standardize resolutions, grey-scale, More recently developed OsstellTM Mentor and the most recently
and radiograph taking method for an accurate interpretation. launched the fourth generation OsstellTM ISQ or Mega ISQ use a
small magnetic resonance rod called SmartpegTM making clinicians
a Tensional
b Push-out c Pull-out measure the stability of implants more simply.
d Insertional/Removal Torque e Periotest f RFA
(Figure 5) Osstell Mento™ (Figure 6) MegaGen Mega ISQ™
Principles of measuring implant stability using the RFA devices

of the third or later generations will be discussed. First, we need to
Next, there is the Periotest (Simens AG, Bensheim, Germany) to check and get ready for the type of Smartpeg prefabricated for each
measure the mobility of a natural tooth by assessing the damping type of implant system. Smartpeg is connected to an implant using
effect of PDL. The periotest values (PTV) range -8 ~ +50. However, a Smartpeg Mount which is a screwdriver specific to the implant
the values of successful implants are around -5~+5 which mean its whose stability we are going to measure. Then, when the probe
sensitivites low, and there is a considerable variation of values de- on the RFA device is brought near to the magnetic material on the
pending on such things as the height of abutment, and the position top of Smartpeg, a magnetic field is formed between the coil in the
and direction of the force applied. probe connected to the device and the Smartpeg. Now the device
senses the vibration from the Smartpeg and displays it with a num-
ber from 1 to 100. The value is called a Implant Stability Quotient
(ISQ).
Usually the ISQ values at the time of implant placement are 55~75
in maxilla and 65~85 in mandible. ISQ value of an implant is less
than 60 at the time of implant placement can be considered as low
in stability, and the surgeon should try to select a bigger diameter
implant or implant designed for high initial stability. Successfully os-
(Figure 1) Periotest Ⓡ (Figure 2) Periotest Ⓡ M seointegrated implants show over time the ISQ values of 60~85 in
maxilla and 70 ~ 95 in mandible.
A More objective method would be the Resonance Frequency
Analysis (RFA). In early days, the second generation of
OsstellTM was cumbersome to use as it required connection of L-
shapedtransducer to the implant.
The auSmarThor uses the

Smart PegTM Generally 5 to 10 Ncm of implant design that has narrow
force is recommended to co- threads (knife threads) of the
nnect Smartpeg to an implant. rounded face, which facilitates
If an excessive force is applied, high initial stability at the time
the screws on the Smartpeg will of implant placement. The Knife-
be damaged and error rate of the Thread design structure does not
®
measured values will rise. damage the unique architecture

Manufacturers of Smartpegs of cancellous bone and can min-
recommend to discard after a imize the compressive force on
use, and explain that the more (Figure 7) KnifeThread
®
the surrounding bone.
they use, the more unstable the measurements would become.
However, a local study on the reuse of Smartpegs concludes that Also, the implant surface is treated with XPEED , to process
®
ISQ values do not change even as they were used repeatedly 400 neutralization in the final step to remove the possibility of residual
times of connecting and disconnecting the Smartpegs, and can be acid which has been a problem in the existing SLA surface
used as long as the screw lines remain intact and magnetism stay treatment. Calcium ions on the fixture surface form a calcium
unchanged. Another local study on the reuse of Smartpegs shows titanate nanostructure layer by a chemical reaction in uniform
two or more of high steam sterilization pressure reduces the stabil- 0.5μm thickness, solving the problem of surface peeling during the
ity of ISQ values. The auSmarThor of this paper also experiences placement or absorption of coated layer after the placement. So
that Smartpegs can be reused after disinfection by a low tempera- better BIC and removal torque values can be achieved compared
ture plasma sterilizer, provided their screw lines are not damaged to other RBM or SLA surface treatments.
and magnetism is not lost.
These RFA devices are very useful to determine a loading time
with changes of the initial stability of an implant and can be meas-
ured repeatedly during a treatment period. Also, RFA devices are
required for a long term maintenance of implants as implant stabil-
ity changes can be continuously monitored.
Implant stability can be divided into two categories primary and
secondary stability. The primary stability is a mechanical stability
obtained at the time of implant placement and is affected by bone
quality and quantity at the implant site, as well as the form, diam-
eter, and length of an implant, and placement method. The second-
ary stability refers to the implant stability resulting from the bone
regeneration and remodeling in the interface between the implant
and the tissue after the implantation. The primary stability obtained
shortly after the implant placement gradually decreases while the (Figure 8) XPEED surface treatment
®
secondary stability increases The total stability is lowered with a

dipping phenomenon. As demonstrated by many studies, ISQ val- This design and surface treatment minimize the dipping of stability
ues representing the stability of an implant go down until week 3 and shorten the time necessary for osseointegration making them a
after the implant placement, fluctuate slightly up to week 6 to 8, good choice for immediate or early loading.
and then slowly go up afterwards. So, it has been reported that an
implant should not be loaded around 3 week, but recent studies
report that immediate or early loading can be tried when the bone
quality at the implant site is favorable and the initial stability at the
time of implant placement is good. For a successful immediate or
early loading, implants with the thread design and surface that can
provide high initial stability and minimize the stability dipping should
be chosen.
Published in the Dental News April 7, 2014. (Mon)

2. Clinical Case Report 1 - Dr. Chang Hoon Han

One of the methods that can most objectively assess the level
of clinical implant stability and osseointegration is Resonance Fre-
quency Analysis (RFA) using the OsstellTM device. (Figure 2)
AnyRidge 4x11.5mm AnyRidge 4x11.5mm
The OsstellTM device indicates the Implant Stability Quotient
(ISQ) values are from 1 to 100. The primary stability, the mechani-
cal stability obtained at the time of implant placement, gradually de- AnyRidge 4.5x11.5mm AnyRidge 4.5x11.5mm
creases while the secondary stability by a bone remodeling in sur-

rounding bone slowly increases, creating the dipping phenomenon
where the total stability goes down. As reported by many studies, AnyRidge 4.5x11.5mm AnyRidge 4.5x11.5mm
ISQ values representing implant stability go down until week 3 after

implant placement, fluctuate slightly up to week 6 to 8, and then
slowly go up afterwards. AnyRidge 5x11.5mm AnyRidge 5x11.5mm
However the implants with a thread design and a surface that can (Figure 2)
minimize the compressive force on the surrounding bone do not
have large post-op ISQ value reductions and the stability is main-
tained. If such implants are used clinically, immediate or early load-
ing can be done because they can minimize the stability dipping and
less time necessary for osseointegration. For successful immediate
or early loading, we need to pay attention to insertion torque togeth-
er with ISQ values at the time of placement, and more than 45 N/cm
of insertion torque and 75 or higher ISQ values are recommended.
Let’s look at some cases of immediate or early loading in light of
insertion torque and ISQ value changes.
Case 1 : 60 years of age / Male

(Figure 3)
The patient was a 60 year old man and it was planned to place
implants 4 months after the bilateral sinus graft (figure 1). Eight im-
plants were placed on the upper jaw in a one stage approach with
immediate placement after extraction for the central incisor area
(figure 2).
ISQ values were measured right after the placement and also at
one week intervals using OsstellTM. The initial stability at numbers
16, 24 and 26 where sinus lift was performed was low and ISQ (Figure 4) (Figure 5)
values were also lower than other regions.
However as time progressed, the stability did not go down much
and maintained, and from week 3 continuously went up. In the upper
central incisor area where immediate placement was performed, Case 2 : 43 years of age / Male
the initial stability was high and the ISQ values continuously
increased as well from about 70 post-op (figure 3). Final prosthesis
was delivered at 9 week post-op (figure 4), and the results have The patient was a 43 year old male. Despite various attempts the
been good during the follow-up period without distinct symptoms broken implant screw at number 26 could not be removed, so it
(figure 5). was decided to explant the whole fixture (figure 6). As the previous
implant diameter was 5mm, the fixture was pulled out with a 6mm
diameter trephine drill, and 8mm implant was immediately placed.
The insertion torque at the time of placement was 50 N/cm and
the ISQ value was 75 (figure 7). Impression was taken at 1 week
post-op and the final prosthesis was delivered at week 2. The ISQ
values at week 1 and at the time of prosthesis delivery were 75,
little difference from the immediate post-op (figure 8). During the
follow-up period, good results were observed without any particular
symptoms (figure 9).
(Figure 1)
#16
100
90
(Figure 6) (Figure 7) AnyRidge 8×10 mm 80

79 79 79 79
IT 50N / ISQ 75 70 76
78 78
60
50
40
30
20
10
(Figure 8) OP + 2 weeks, SQ 75 → 75 (Figure 9) OP + 2 weeks, OP +
16months 0
OP 1W 2W 3W 4W 5W 6W
(Figure 15) ISQ Value in Healing Period

Case 3 : 47 years of age / Female
A 47 year old female patient lost the upper left first molar re-
Case 5 : 56 years of age / Male
gion. The pre-op CT showed relatively favorable bone quality
and quantity. A 6 mm diameter implant was placed and the inser- A 56 year man received the final prosthesis 1 week post-op in the
tion torque was 50 N/cm and ISQ value was 72 at the time of lower left second molar region (figure 16). At one week intervals after
placement (figure 10). the delivery of final prosthesis, the prosthesis was disconnected and
Impression was taken right after surgery, final prosthesis was changes in ISQ values under loading were checked. The ISQ values
delivered one week later, and the ISQ value increased to 77 (fig- were confirmed to be stable without big changes even after the loading
ure 11). During the follow-up period, good results were observed (figure 17).
without any particular symptoms (figure 15).
.
10 11 12
(Figure 10) AnyRidge 6×10 mm, IT 50N / ISQ 72

(Figure 11) OP + 1 weeks, ISQ 72 → 77 / OP + 1 weeks
(Figure 12) OP + 19months
(Figure 16) OP + 1 weeks

Case 4 : 41 years of age / Female
#36
A 41 year old female patient lost the upper right first molar
region. The pre-op CT showed relatively favorable bone width 100
and the height of the residual bone was about 6mm. Sinus lift 90
was performed using a crestal approach and simultaneously 80

78 78 78
77
4.5x10mm implant was placed. The insertion torque was 45 N/
70 75
72 73 73
70
60
cm and ISQ value was 76 at the time of placement (figure 13). 50
Impression was taken right after surgery and final prosthesis 40
was delivered one week later, and the ISQ value increased to 30
79 (figure 14). At one week intervals after the delivery of the 20
10
final prosthesis, the prosthesis was disconnected and changes 0
in ISQ values under loading were checked. The ISQ values were OP 1W 2W 3W 4W 5W 6W 7W 8W
confirmed to be stable with no big changes even after the load-

ing (figure 15). (Figure 17) ISQ Value in Healing Period
13 14
(그림 17) ISQ Value in Healing Period

(Figure 13) AnyRidge 4.5×10 mm, IT 45N / ISQ 76
(Figure 14) OP + 1 weeks, ISQ 76 → 79
3. Clinical Case Report 2 - Dr. Seung Yup Lee

No clear objective criteria is established regarding appropriate im- Let’s look at some clinical cases for factors we need to consider for
plant loading time after surgery. The reality is most clinicians rely on immediate or early loading.
radiographs or their data based on their experiences for a specific sur-
gery. A rule of thumb for the loading time is 3 to 6 months for the upper
jaw and 2 to 4 months for the lower. Then, what are the more objective
decision criteria for implant loading time?
One of the methods that can most objectively assess the level of
clinical implant stability and osseointegration is montly Resonance
Frequency Analysis (RFA) using OsstellTM device. The OsstellTM de-
vice indicates the Implant Stability Quotient (ISQ) values from 1 to 100.
The primary stability, the mechanical stability obtained at the time of
(Figure 1) Generally initial stability obtained at the time of placement varies de-
implant placement, gradually decreases while the secondary stability pending on bone quality and loading time is roughly determined based on the
by bone remodeling in the surrounding bone slowly increases after stability.
implant placement creating the dipping phenomenon where the total
stability goes down. As reported by many studies, ISQ values go down
until week 3 after the placement of an implant, fluctuate slightly up to
week 6 to 8, and then slowly go up afterwards. Then, can we deter-
mine the implant loading time based on ISQ values as they represent
implant stability? If there is no dipping phenomenon where ISQ values
gradually decrease after placing the implant and the values are stable
above a certain level without decreasing or even increasing, would
immediate or early loading be possible?
To put the conclusion first, ISQ values are one of the important objec-
tive indicators to determine the implant loading time, but it cannot be (Figure 2) If we can achieve high initial stability at the time of implant placement
regardless of bone quality, we can start loading almost at similar time which
the absolute criteria. In other words, the high immediate post-op ISQ would benefit both patients and surgeons.
values cannot guarantee the success of immediate or early loading.
Even so, the ISQ values measured after a certain period of wound
healing after surgery may have some clinical implications. If that is Case 1
the case, what factors other than ISQ values need to be considered
The patient was a 30 year old man. An Implant was planned for the
for immediate or early loading? First is the implant thread design and
lower left second molar region which was extracted three years ago.
surface that can obtain high initial stability and minimize the compres-
As oral and radiograph examination revealed sufficient bone width and
sive force on the surrounding bone. In fact, implants with such design
quantity, flapless surgery was planned using a surgical stent. The im-
show no considerable reduction in ISQ values in the initial stage after
mediate post-op ISQ values were very high with 80 or above on both
placing implants and the stability is maintained or even increased. If
buccal and lingual sides, so the initial stability was excellent. Therefore
these implants are clinically applied, they would minimize the dipping
,a customized abutment and a temporary crown fabricated considering
of stability and reduce osseointegration time which makes immediate
the final prosthesis from the diagnostic stage of surgery were con-
or early loading possible.
nected. As the patient complained about a little discomfort three weeks
Along with the implant design, one of the important factors to be con-
later, loading was immediately stopped since the new ISQ measure-
sidered for immediate or early loading is the ITV (Insertion TorqueVal-
ments were lower than 60. Two month post-op, the ISQ value was
ue) at the time of placement. It may be even more important than ISQ
above 75 again and stable, so the final prosthesis was delivered.
values. Based on successful clinical results of immediate loading,
45 N/cm or higher insertion torque, and 75 or higher ISQ values are
recommended. Next is the bone density. This should be considered
together with ITV. Appropriate ITVs can be obtained by clinically modi-
fying the drilling sequence when implants are inserted through accu-
rately determining the bone density. Lastly, patient’s occlusal factors
and eating habit including a parafunction should also be taken into
account.
(Figure 3) Initial Visit
(Figure 4) Immediate Post-op, ISQ value: B/86, L/88

5 6
(Figure 10) Initial Examination
(Figure 11) Immediate post-op, ISQ value : B/78, L/78
(Figure 12) 7 month follow-up, ISQ value : B/77, L/79
(Figure 5) 3 Week Post-op, ISQ value: B/56, L/59

Discussion
(Figure 6) 2 Month Post-op, ISQ value: B/75, L/78
◀ (Figure 13) CT Views of Each
Case 2 What are the differences

among the cases? Although
An implant was planned in the upper left first molar region for a fe- in all three cases of the im-
male patient in her 50s. Oral examination and radiograph showed suf- plant treatment were suc-
ficient vertical as well as horizontal bone quantity and well preserved cessful, the first two cases
keratinized tissue, therefore flapless surgery with a surgical stent was can be viewed as failures in terms of immediate and early loading. As
processed. Both immediate post-op buccal and lingual ISQ values low, stated before, ISQ values are important but not absolute. Among the
below 70, so immediate or early loading was not chosen. According to determining factors of immediate or early loading, So, other factors
the conventional healing protocol, we waited 3 months and measured to achieve strong ITV (initial torque value) should be considered to
the ISQ values again which were 75 or above. As the values were perform a modified drilling protocol based on the accurate estimation
stable, the implant was loaded with the customized abutment and tem- of the bone density in addition to the ISQ values. Lastly proper adjust-
porary crown. Based on the stable ISQ measurements, final prosthesis ment of occlusion is also important. The best way to determine the
was delivered after that. bone density would be CT. Carl Misch (in 1988) introduced it as the
7 8 most useful method to determine cortical bone thickness and trabecu-
lar bone pattern.
However, the black and white image on the conventional CT pro-
vides lake of information to determine accurate bone for density. So,
color coding relative density differences in anatomical structures with
9 various colors would be of great help for clinicians to identify the rela-
tive bone density.
(Figure 7) Initial Examination, (Figure 8) Immediate Post-op

(Figure 9) 4 month post-op, ISQ value: B/75, L/76
Case 3
A male patient in the 40s presented a slight deficient keratinized tis-
sue but had enough vertical and horizontal bone quantity, So flapless
implant placement surgery with a surgical stent was planned for the
lower left first molar region. The immediate post-op ISQ values were
high with 75 or higher both buccaly and lingually. A customized abut-
ment and a fabricated temporary crown considering the form of the
final prosthesis from the diagnostic stage for the surgery were con-
(Figure 14) Case 2. Color Coding using R2GATE software
nected. The values were maintained without distinct decreases as time
went by. Final prosthesis was delivered 4 week post-op. Favorable re- The second case is color coded using R2GATE software for more
sults were obtained during the 7 month follow-up. accurate determination of relative density differences of the anatomical
10 11
structures with color details compared to the conventional CT view
(Figure 14).
As in the figure, the bone density at the implant site is estimated to
be not high.
There still remain numerous issues in applying immediate loading,
12 that is, the One Day Implant treatment in all cases. However, highly
predictable treatment is definitely possible if implants with the thread
design and surface that can achieve high initial stability, yet minimize
the compressive force on the surrounding bone are used to maintain
proper ITV, Stable ISQ values and occlusion can be appropriately
controlled.
4. New Protocol for an Objective

Evidence of Implant Stability - Dr. Kwang Bum Park
In a series of articles for the last three weeks, Dr. Chang Hoon Han
and Dr. Seung Yup Lee have shown objective ways to determine im-
plant stability in bone and relevant clinical cases. It is well known that
implants can be loaded earlier than before thanks to the advancement
of implant design and surgical approaches, and the improvement of
innovative surface treatment techniques. We are not really surprised
or greatly impressed when we see speakers talk about 2 month or 3
month loading in a lecture or symposium. because many people have
already published enough data on immediate loading.
In spite of that, if we look back on what individuals have been doing
in clinics, we need to contemplate on how often we really have used
the immediate or early loading. No matter what others say, we, clini-
cians, prefer to remain in the comfort zone using familiar method that
we are used to do and think to minimize side effects the best way.
Breaking the habit is challenging. The loading protocol concept that
professor Branemark had proposed, waiting 3 months for mandible
and 6 months for maxilla is still vivid and alive among us, 50 years after
the introduction of the concept.
Let’s have a look at one more Chang Hoon Han’s case. When would ▲ AnyRidge implant system and Mega-ISQ should be ready. The patient’s
you start loading in this case? Many people basically might think we lower number 36 is extracted due to cracks and implant treatment is planned.
need to wait for 6 months as it is maxilla but can load ‘a little earlier’
because the bone density looks pretty good on the radiograph. An implant was placed immediately after extraction which would be
customarily done. 6.0x11.5mm implant was placed and superior sta-
bility was obtained despite it was fixed only by the buccal and lingual
septal bone. After grafting the mesial and distal socket defect with al-
lograft, and connecting the healing abutment, one-stage surgery was
performed. When can you start loading in this case?
Pre-op 6 Week Post-op 3 Month Post-op
These are pre-op, 6 week and 3 month post-op intraoral radiographs.

Are they ready loaded based on these pictures? Certainly bone is re-
Here, two 4.0x10.0mm implants were placed with one stage surgi- generated on month 3 but how much confidence can these pictures
cal approach as the stability was excellent without any particular bony give us for loading?
defect. Since you saw the surgical situation, can you determine the
loading time? Many doctors I have met until now answered they would
load at month 3. Even that is a great progress as the average 6 months
Z
has been reduced to 3 months!
5 Month Post-op 8.5 Month Post-op 1.5 Year Post-op Month
In this case, Dr. Chang Hoon Han delivered the final prosthesis in
just 6 weeks in single crowns and not splinted! Many readers may
think it is possible, but not many are ready to adopt this protocol in their
clinics immediately. Why is that? I think it is because of lack of solid
objective criteria that can guarantee successful results.
In the end, the provisional crown was delivered at day 118, over 5
A suggestion on the Loading Time with AnyRidge Implant
month post-op, and the final prosthesis was connected at 8.5 months.
The results were also excellent during the follow-up. (predictable 6 week loading protocol)
Even though the auSmarThor realizes better than anybody else the
AnyRidge implant compared to other existing implant systems is supe-
rior in terms of initial stability, AnyRidge does not lower but maintains
the ISQ from the time of placement and facilitates osseointegration
faster thanks to its Xpeed surface treatment, he did not attempt to load
because of his attitude to play safe and not to risk any side effects. Any
clinician can understand it.
Comparison in loading time between EZplus & AnyRidge
(Table 2)
Ez plus Average Loading
Case
(without ISQ) Time(D)
Max. Implant 11 125.6 AnyRidge implant system and Mega-ISQ should be ready. The first
Mand. Implant 9 105.8 ISQ values are measured on the day of implant placement right after
Total 20 124.5
surgery which requires just 2 to 3 minutes of clinic time. And ISQ is
measured again at week 1 when the patient comes back to take the
stitches out. This also takes less than 5 minutes, a simple step that can
AnyRidge
Case
Average Loading AnyRidge
Case
Average Loading be often done by an assistant. The ISQ values are measured again at
(without ISQ) Time(D) (with ISQ) Time(D)
week 4 when soft tissue is almost healed. Now three ISQ values from
Max. Implant 10 129.6 Max. implant 4 84.8
Mand. Implant 9 112.8 Mand. implant 9 53.8 a patient are prepared.
Total 19 121.8 Total 13 80.1 Impressions can be taken if these 3 values are almost similar or in-
creasing over time. Today intraoral scanners are available, so precise
(Table 1)
digital impressions can be taken easily without the need for you to pay
much attention to it.
(Table 1) compares the average loading time of EZ Plus and Any- Usually it takes at about 1 or 2 weeks to prepare customized abut-
Ridge. The number of days from placement to loading was calculated ments and prosthesis. At most, 2 weeks will be enough at the most.
from twenty randomly selected cases and the results are surprising When the patient comes back 6 week post-op, ISQ values are meas-
that similar loading time is habitually used even in cases where the ured one more time. If the values are not smaller than those at week
stability was found to be good during surgery. Compared to this, when 4, prosthesis can be confidently delivered. It is not important whether
ISQ values began to as an objective indicator, the loading time was cut it is temporary or final. The stability of implant is already confirmed, so
almost by one third which was as much as 4 to 5 weeks. This proves we can certainly proceed the prosthesis. If you repeat this procedure
again that old habits die hard. Now how about determining the loading a few times, your confidence in using the One-Day Implant will grow.
time more objectively doing away from the habits? By doing so, I be- Today implants are much different from those 2 or 3 decades ago. With
lieve we can reduce the number of visits per patient considerably, and a little attention and positive mindset to incorporate new changes, we
save your time as well. This will eventually show you a new way to step will be able to make the implant procedures much more interesting and
ahead of your competitors. On average of 10 to 12 visits are required effective which will contribute more to our business.
for the exisiting treatment pattern from a surgery to completion of a
prosthesis delivery based on the auSmarThor’s personal experience,
※ The clinical cases here are contained in ‘How to get a reliable
but the visits were reduced by half, 6 to 7 visits.
ISQ value’in the clinical cases of www.R2GATE.com.
(Table 2) describes the auSmarThor’s loading protocol that was used
clinically. Although the One-Day Protocol of immediate loading right
after implant placement using the R2Gate and Eureka System is al-
ready established and the success rate has been around 95% in about
2,000 cases for the last 2 years, I understand number of people feel
the preparatory stage rather complicated. Then, what about trying this
protocol shown with the graph? It will definitely reduces the patient’s
number of visits greatly, shortens the treatment time for you and con-
tribute s to your business quite a lot.

Instrument » Ⅱ. MEG-TORQ
Ⅱ. Wireless Auto Torque Driver MEG-TORQ ®
Description Ref.C
MEG-TORQ
2 Right Angle Driver included. MEG-TORQ
[1 Long Type, 1 Short Type(1.2 Hex)]
Short MDR050S
Slot 0.5
Long MDR050L
Ultra-Short MDR090SS On/Off , Torque selection
Hex 0.9 Short MDR090S
Right Long MDR090L Clockwise / Counterclockwise
Angle
Driver Hex 1.2 Ultra-Short MDR120SS
Short MDR125S RPM selection
Hex 1.25
Long MDR125L
Short MDR160S
Hex 1.6
Long MDR050L
Accurate Torque Value, Strong Power!

➲ Use as Second Implant Motor at soft bone cases (Max torque 35Ncm)
➲ Quick removal of numerous prosthetic appliances
➲ Easy to reach to molar areas
➲ Approach the implants placed in distal areas
➲ Record the number of abutment screw
torquing accurately
Combined world’s first
class FAULHABER
motor from Germany
and Swiss-made re-
duction gear.
LED Panel RPM

rpm
Operating button (A)
Rotation
information
Torque
60 information
Battery
Condition
Calibration mode
Instrument » Ⅱ. MEG-TORQ Instrument & Material 286 /287
1. It’s possible to operate wide range of surgical procedures from implant placement to orthodon
1. Accurate & Fast!
tics with various controllable torque and speed options.
- Torque setting : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 and 35Ncm / RPM setting : 15, 30, 45 and 60 RPM
rpm rpm rpm rpm rpm rpm rpm
5 10 15 20 25 30 35
The highest RPM speed > Rapid treatment

Product TORQUE RPM Feature
5~35N 15~60
MEG-TORQ (Possible to adjust the (Possible to adjust the Rapid treatment with higher speed compared to other brands.
value per every 5N) value per every 15RPM)
N Product 10~40 25 Expensive and takes more time to insert fixtures with low RPM
M Product 10~30 30 Inefficient performance due to low torque value and low speed
* One of the highest RPM products in the world enable to convenient and faster treatment.
rpm
2. State-of-the-art TCS (torque calibration system) minimizes torque value

errors between Motor Handpiece and Contra-Angle.Provided numerical data 0
as torqueing abutment screws (Torque gauge function) CAL
3. Wide LCD display guarantees convenience.

4. More than 2 times faster than using manual torque wrench, enable to shorten chair time.
2. User-Friendly! 1. LCD Digital Display shows every function including torque, speed, direction of rotation, battery
condition and calibration mode setting. Panel display is clear and easy to use.
2. Operation buttons at both ends allow clinicians to use in various angles and grip positions.
Pen Grip Palm-Up Grip

Using upper button Using lower button
3. Cordless Power Recharging (max 60 minutes of continuous operation time when fully charged)
4. Ergonomic Design empowers clinicians to operate easily.
5. One-handed operation provides a wider view of operation site.
6. Functions as an exact Torque Gauge to make perfect tightening of abutments and screws.
3. Clinical Advantage
Implant surgery by using MEG-TORQ #36 OP With
without irrigation MEG-TORQ
MEG-TORQ setting:
35Nm, 60rpm
- One-handed operation widens implants view
and increases productivity and safety.
- Easy to handle the prosthetics. Speedy, ac
Drilling with MEG-TORQ
curate and safe operation
- Visual access to operation site becomes
easy thanks to the 2 operation buttons (up/
AnyRidge fixture 4011
down) even in small spaces in the molar area.
- Installation and removal of implant coping,
Place implant with healing abutment, and cover screws can
MEG-TORQ be faster (more than 2 times) and more
accurate.
- MEG-TORQ is useful to reach to a distal
implant or difficult cases such as lower third
molar case than using hand-driver.
Instrument » Ⅲ. MEG-CLEANER
Ⅲ. All in One Cleaning System MEG-CLEANER TM
Description Ref.C
MEG-CLEANER MEG-CLEANER
➲ Perfect cleaning with tap water [impurities undetected from the result of EDS test]
➲ Maximize efficiency by controlling each function separately
➲ Easy and hygienic management with separate containers
Instrument » Ⅲ. MEG-CLEANER Instrument & Material 288 /289
1. Characteristics
& Components Step2
Soaking + Washing + Rinsing for dental com- Washing

ponents!
Step3
Rinsing
Perfect cleaning through
40Khz ultrasonic soaking,
magnetic barrel washing
and low-temperature plasma
rinsing!
Step1
Soaking
Step1. Soaking (Soaking Jar)

Soaking performance by strong and outstanding ultrasonic 40Khz and BLT type.
Step2. Washing (Washing Jar)

Remove foreign substances without damaging appearance or functionalities
by adequate size with rotation speed of metal pins.
Step3. Rinsing (Rinsing Jar)

Strong antiseptic effects by underwater ion pasteurization (Generates lowtemper-
ature plasma in the water to perform a strong pasteurization by Hydroxy Radical).
* Containers are included for each step according to the features to

make it easy and more hygienic follow-up management.
2. Perfect bactericidal Before After

cleaning Cleaning Cleaning
Clean 100% foregin substances cleanly.
EDS analysis
Instrument » Ⅲ. MEG-CLEANER
2. MEG-CLEANER MEG-CLEANER Ultrasonic Cleaner
vs. Ultrasonic Cleaner
Diamond Bur
before cleaning
Magnifier Magnifier
Magnifier
SEM SEM
SEM
SEM SEM
1. Possible to do other tasks while you’re 1. Each step should be cleaned separately.
operating MEG-CLEANER. 2. Not possible to do other tasks once you
2. Possible to operate 3 different features at starting the operation.
the same time. 3. Inconvenient way of cleaning.
3. Only takes 35 minutes. 4. Takes More than an hour.
Specification
160
Product Name Cleaner

Model Name SHMG-01
Brand Name MEG-CLEANER
Power 247
AC220V 50 / 60Hz 85W
160
Consumption
Standard 260×260×247mm (L×W×H)
Capacity 250mℓ (Soaking) / 280mℓ (Washing) / 400mℓ (Rinsing)
Weight 4.7kg
Frequency 40Khz
TOP FRONT LEFT
Instrument » Ⅳ. MEG-INJECT Instrument & Material 290 /291
Ⅳ. Low Pain Anesthesia Delivery System MEG-INJECT ®
* This product was co-developed with KMG-Keomyung, the market leader in Korea with more than 10 years of product experience,
to upgrade the product by reflecting its vast know-hows.
Description Ref.C
MEG-INJECT MEG-CLEANER
2 Handpiece included.
No Pain Inject Handpiece MEG-INJ-HP
➲ Handpiece with the control buttons

➲ Various options of injection quantity
controls included set dosage option
➲ Easy control with Smart touch panel
➲ Perfectly waterproof with touch panel
and wireless recharge technology
SMALL
NO-OBLIG
ATION
SMALL
NO-OBLIG
ATION
Instrument » Ⅳ. MEG-INJECT
1. Characteristics & 1. Light and convenient handpiece

- World’s first handpiece with controller
Components - Single-handed operability without a pedal
- Light weight enables you to operate for a long time without a fatigue.
2. Contactless charging & Ultralight system

- Holder is a cordless change cradle which is charged by an electromagnetic induction.
- Easy to use and to move(arm-band included for convenient use)
- 8 hours of continuous operation after a full charge.
3. Ergonomic design with easy-to-understand control panel

- Easy select the injection speed by a touch panel.
- Equipped the constant voltage touch sensors and graphic indicators.
(LED indicators let you make control easily.)
4. Various injection modes to clinical necessity

- Safe and easy anesthesia by keeping a constant injection amount and speed.(1/4, 1/2, F, S, H).
- Efficient for to block anesthesia or periodontal ligament organization.
5. More efficient to use dental needle and medical needle at the same time.
6. Voice guide / Aspiration function equipped.
2. Usage of Meg-Inject and Auto Mode 1. Pre-emission : air + infusion(0.11ml)

2. To control the speed of infusion from low speed to high speed automatically.
Speed Control 3. High speed 0.03ml/sec Low speed 0.006ml/sec
Pre-emission
0.085ml / 17” 7” 1.26ml / 45”
0.35ml
F Pre-emission Low speed High speed
0.588ml / 21” 1’10”(±10%)

1/2 Pre-emission L H 45”(±10%)
0.168ml / 6”
1/4 Pre-emission L H 30”(±10%)
Manual Mode 1. No pre-emission

2. Varies the speed and time of infusion according to its use.
S Inject the same amount in the same low speed
4’30”(±10%)
H
Change to high speed by manually
Injection in different time intervals
after starting from low speed
depending on the user’s control.
Handpiece
Cartridge
Specification Ampoule
stick
Handpiece
Product Name Low pain anesthesia injector controller
Brand Name MEG-INJECT Stop/Play
Battery Lithium Polymer 3.7V /1,000Ah Handpiece
Battery charger with standard Micro USB type-B port5V±0.25V holder
Standard 47.96×28.78×165.75mm (L×W×H)
Needle Display Hold button
Speaker : Checking Power
Weight 160g dosage
Color White / Black (Coming soon)
Touch
sensors
Battery
indicator
Instrument » Ⅴ. Free Arm Forte Instrument & Material 292 /293
Ⅴ. Free Arm Forte

Description Ref.C
Free Arm Forte -F TG-FORTE-F

(Floor-attached)
Free Arm Forte -S TG-FORTE-S
(Portable)
Extra-oral Suction equipment to keep patient and Free Arm Forte -TF
(Ceiling-attached) TG-FORTE-TF
TCV-FAC-21S
operator healthy. (For 3 Free Arm Forte) TCV-21S
TCV-FAC-21WD TCV-21WD
(For 6 Free Arm Forte)
1. Characteristics & Particles popping out from the patient’s mouth during the surgery are extremely tiny
and can be inhaled by dentists without realizing. This type of particles in various sizes
Components may be toxic for your health.
3 kinds of products
• Ceiling-attached, Floor-attached and Portable.
articles made
ful p du • Easy to choose according to your clinic’s environments.
rm rin
ha g
s
Easy to Control
he
su
atc
rg
ery
• Sensor Switch: hygienic, non-touch switch.

ly c
outs
It swift
• Flexible Arm: 360° operability with multi-joints and flexible movement.

ide of patien
Quality
• Superb chemical resistance : Free from corrosion by dust particles and chemicals suctioned.
• Low noise / high efficiency.
ts’
• With the manufacturer’s 40 years history, Free Arm Forte is a symbol of durability and
m
ou
th
confidence.
Ceiling-attached Floor-attached Portable

- No interruption of - Chair side. - No installation needed.
operation space. - Good for a newly - Built-in of Suction and
- Easy to install even opened clinic/hospital. Super Bio Filter.
in a small clinic. Weight : 8Kg Weight : 43Kg
Weight : 13.5Kg Arm Length : 1726mm Size : 320x1775x1800(mm)
Arm Length : 1721mm Suction volume : 3000L/min Output power : 850W
Suction volume : 3000L/min Suction volume : 3000L/min
TCV-FAC-21S
Weight : 80Kg
TCV-FAC-21WD
Weight : 128Kg
Size : 630x547x1088(mm)
Size : 630x547x1473(mm)
Input power : 3 phase AC380V
Input power : 3 phase AC380V
Output power : 730W
Output power : 1460W
Instrument » Ⅵ. Clean Area Plus Ⅶ. Luminance LED NOVE
Ⅵ. Clean Area Plus Description
Clean Area Plus

Ref.C
TG-CLEAN-ARE
Class 10,000 clean air purifier.
1. Cleanliness By US Federal Standard 209E, it makes less

than 10,000 particles in the size of larger
than 0.5 microns in a cubic foot of air. It is as
clean as hospital operating rooms and sterile
laboratory.
Super Bio Filter mounted on Clean Area Plus

2. Super bio filter can collect 99.7% of a dust particle, with the
diameter of 0.3㎛.
Ⅶ. Luminance LED NOVE

Description Ref.C
Luminance LED NOVE TG-LED
Ceiling-mounted LED Light for No-shadow.
1. Maximum Illumination Sufficient brightness for operation with over

100,000L (3 lights’ installation).
2. High Color True and vivid color reproduction of oral

Rendering LED, Ra90 cavity.
Tracing Remote Control Main Remote Control

Auto-tracing function by Individual LED On / Off
sound wave. and positioning function.
Material » Ⅰ. MEGA SIL Instrument & Material 294 /295
Material
Ⅰ. Impression Material MEGA SIL™
Description Type Ref.C
Dental Light body 50ml NOS-MLIGHT

Impression Heavy body 50ml NOS-MHEAVY
MEGA SIL
50ml MSBC
BITE
➲ Reasonable price
➲ High quality
Light Body Heavy Body Bite registration

Material » Ⅰ.MEGA SIL
1. Heavy Body 1. Smooth mixing and injection reduces a fatigue for the user.
2. Free from taste and scent, Heavy Body prevents excessive patient salivation.
3. High elasticity enables easy removal with no deformation after curing thanks to correct hardness.
4. Thixotropic - does not slide from a tray.
5. High affinity of plaster enables an accurate modeling.
2. Light Body 1. Remarkably uniform smoothness highly thixotropic Light Body of the prevents running in the mouth.
2. Excellent hydrophilicity and ideal flowability give Light Body delicate a reproducibility enable
precision modeling.
3. High elasticity and tear strength guarantees a safety while dental impression.
4. High affinity with plaster enables accurate modeling.
1. Clinical cases with MEGA SIL Heavy Body / Light Body
1 2 3 4
1. Dispense ‘MEGA SIL Heavy Body’ material into tray, Filling it to the height of the tray. Keep a
mixed tip submerged in Heavy Body material to avoid air bubbles.
2. After drying the teeth, inject the Light Body material onto teeth or into a tray.
3. Insert tray straight and evenly into mouth avoid rotation.
4. Use a timer, and follow recommended setting time in mouth. Remove tray from mouth, rinse,
dry and disinfect impression before shipping.
3. Bite registration 1. Reinforced hardness and least transformational change to guarantee accurate positioning
during mounting. (Shore-A-hardness of 93)
2. Provides sufficient time 30 seconds to imprint the entire mandibular arch.
3. Short time to produce imprinted model for 90second hardening time.
4. Provides most accurate bite form with minimum mouth irritation.
5. Less transformational change which prevents re-movement after usage.
1. Clinical cases with MEGA SIL Bite registration
1 2 3 4
1. Direct application of MEGA SIL Bite.

2. Patient in desired occlusion.
3. Bite registration before removal.
4. Easy to cut with a scalpel or a silicone cutter.
4. Application Mixing Time Working Time Setting Time

Heavy Body
Light Body ≤1 min ≤ 4 min
Auto mix
Bite ≤ 0.5 min ≤ 1.5 min
Material » Ⅱ. EZ Seal Instrument & Material 296 /297
Ⅱ. Screw hole sealing material EZ Seal ®
Description System Ref.C
AnyRidge EZSP21K
AnyOne EZSP22K
➲ Simple!
EZ Seal
EZPlus, MegaFix EZSP24K ➲ Easy!
Rescue EZSP31K
➲ Convenient!
3mm
2mm
1mm
3mm
mm
1mm2 FREE
5mm
4mm
N T Free
IMPLA mm
4mm5
r
ie n
esi
▼ C
arr ▼ R
Implant complet
ed
simple and conv in a
enient way!
1. Easy to fill & Remove ✓ Convenient size : Diameter (Ø2.1, Ø2.2, Ø2.4, Ø3.1), Length (1, 2, 3, 4, 5mm and free)
✓ Convenient tools : EZ carrier
✓ Retrievable material (Silicon)
2. Implant completed in
a simple and convenient
way!
1. Measure depth 2. Fill the EZ Seal 3. Fill the resin 4. Perfect final prosthetic
3. Choose appropriately
r r r r r ier r
rrierrie rrie rrie rrier arrie rrie
Ca Ca Ca Ca Ca C Carr Ca
for your system! Resin

Resin
3mm
3mm
Compatible
Compatibleimplants
implants
2.1
2.1
Resin
Resin
3mm
3mm
Compatible implants
Compatible
MegaGen
2.2
implants
MegaGen Neobiotech
2.2
Neobiotech
Resin
Resin
3mm3mm
Compatible implants
Compatible
MegaGen
2.4
implants
MegaGenAstra Astra
2.4
Resin
Resin
3mm 3mm
Compatible implants
Compatible
MegaGen
MegaGen
3.13.1
implants
Dio Dio Straumann

Straumann Dio Dio 3i
MegaGen
MegaGen Astra 3i Dentis Dentis
Astra
EZEZSeal Dentis Nobelbiocare
Nobelbiocare DentisDentis Straumann
Seal Nobelbiocare EZEZ
Seal Dentis
EZ Seal Straumann EZ Seal
2.12.1 Nobelbiocare Seal Osstem Neobiotech
EZ Seal EZ Seal OsstemOsstem
2.2 2.2 Osstem Neobiotech 2.4 2.4 OsstemOsstem Nobelbiocare
Nobelbiocare 3.1 3.1 Neobiotech
Dentium
Dentium Astra
Astra Neobiotech Neobiotech
Neobiotech
Small Change Makes a

Small Change Makes a Small Change Makes a
Small Change Makes a Small Change Makes a
Small Change Makes a
Implant completed
Implant in ain a
completed Big Difference !!! !!!
Big Difference
Implant completed
Implant in ain a
completed Big Difference !!!
Big Difference
Implant completed
Implant in a in a Big Difference
completed !!!
Big Difference
Implant
Implantcompleted
completedininaasimple
simpleand
andconvenient
convenientway!!
way simple and
simple convenient
and convenient way! !
way simple andand
simple convenient ! !
wayway
convenient
!!!
simple andand
simple convenient ! !
wayway
convenient
!!!
Global Network
America Middle East /Africa Europe Asia
USA Iran Italy Swizerlands South Korea
T +1 73 2740 4355 T +98 21 2660 056870 T +39 34 8085 5432 T +41 79 1328808 T +82 1566 2338
E [email protected] E [email protected] E [email protected] E alessandro.vismara@gmail. E [email protected]
com
Peru Iraq Romania Singapore
T +511 262 4450 T +964 77 0146 6409 T +40 3 1437 9626 Germany T +65 9147 4633
E [email protected] E [email protected] E ciprian.amarandei T +015 22 889 59 67 E andy.poh@dentalsolu
@megagen.ro E [email protected] tions.sg
Chile Turkey
T +56 2 2795 9490 T +90 212 211 3932 U.K. Netherlands Thailand
E [email protected] E [email protected] T +44 14 4284 0326 T +31 (0)88 84 84 100 T +66 2713 3355
E dima.corduneanu E [email protected] E Praphaporn@dental-
Colombia KSA @megagen.co.uk siam.co.th
T +304 433 9331 T +966 1 431 8406 Austria
E odontoherranientas@ E [email protected] Sweden T +43 1 869 32 20 Vietnam
hotmail.com T +46 0 709 208000 E [email protected] T +848 3845 2869
Lebanon E [email protected] E [email protected]
Mexico T +961 7085 5249 Poland
T +52 664 168 6515 E [email protected] Benelux T +48 583 41 45 79 Malaysia
E [email protected] T +31 8 8848 4100 E oliver.schmidt@schmidt- T +601 6633 8894
UAE E info@megagenben dental.pl E zeeshaun.implantlink
T +971 4201 275 elux.nl @gmail.com
E [email protected] Latvia
Chinese Region Denmark T +371 259 50 783 Indonesia
S. Africa T +45 7010 8700 E [email protected] T +62 21 722 3394
China T +27 21 530 8800 E mikkelro@implant2 E [email protected]
T +86 574 2770 9928 E [email protected] dentist.dk Estonia
E [email protected] T +372 623 2302 Pakistan
Kuwait Greece E [email protected] T +92 2135823812
Hong Kong T +965 6628 8265 T +30 21 0748 5533, [email protected] E [email protected]
T +852 2866 0199 E [email protected] E george.kouratiadis
E [email protected] @dentomedica.gr Japan
Tunisa T +81 6 6710 9188
Taiwan T +216 71 334 812 Cyprus E [email protected]
T +886 2 2788 1335 E [email protected] T +357 2 537 9333
E sunrise.medical E polisdcare@cytanet.
@msa.hinet.net Uganda com.cy
T +886 2 2298 1950 T +256 31 225 1525 Russia/CIS
E [email protected] E [email protected] Portugal
T +351 2 2488 4026 Russia
Morroco E megagenportugal@ T +7 495 627 6370
T +212 6 19 111 880 gmail.com E [email protected]
E [email protected]
Lithuania Uzebekistan
Libya T +37 5219 5971 T +998 903 240 646
T +218 9 2831 8707 E [email protected] E [email protected]
E [email protected] E yuliya.feofanidi
Spain @yahoo. com
Egypt T +34 9 4375 7172
T +20 10 99999 543 E createch@createch Kazakhstan
E [email protected] medical.com T +7 727 277 17 17
E [email protected]
Benin Croatia
T +N/A T +385 51 712 243 Ukraine
E [email protected] E titaniumdent01 T +380 509 677 953
@gmail.com E [email protected]
Kenya
T +254 722 703 155 Hungary
E [email protected] T +36 30 688 8177
E [email protected]
Bahrain
T +973 1723 9399 Finland
E [email protected] T +358 50 559 5536
E [email protected].
Jordan co.uk
T +962 6505 5529
E [email protected]
MegaGen Co., Ltd.
www.imegagen.com
Gangnam Office 5F MegaGen Tower, 607 Seolleung-ro, Gangnam-gu, Seoul, Korea

T. +82-1566-2338
Head Office & Factory 472 Hanjanggun-ro, Jain-myun, Gyeongsan, Gyeongbuk, Korea
T. +82-1544-2285
MegaGen Implant Co., Ltd. 2015. All rights reserved.

MEGAGEN
PRODUCTS
Gangnam Office 5F MegaGen Tower, 607 Seolleung-ro, Gangnam-gu, Seoul, Korea T. +82-1566-2338
Head Office & Factory 472 Hanjanggun-ro, Jain-myun, Gyeongsan, Gyeongbuk, Korea T. +82-1544-2285
www.imegagen.com

Megagen Product 2015

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Megagen Product 2015

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Megagen Product 2015

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Available products may vary by Country due to registration process.

Thank you for your understanding in advance.

For Lifetime Smiles

09.01 Performed a project related to TBI business 2003

2004 07.14 Government Industry Auxiliary Research Institute certified

12.21 Certification of ISO9001/13485 DNV (NO.2005-OSL-AQ-0376) 2005

12.21 MegaGen implant was awarded U$10 million export 2011

2014 03.31 Straumann invests in MegaGen

What improvements we hope

What are your

The exclamation of “Eureka!” can be dedicated for the development of

In the end of Eureka R2 project, the regeneration technique to

- Virtual Surgery implant system

R2 Gate™ Page.030 AnyRidge® Implant System Page.053

AnyOne® Implant System Page.099

Intra Oral Scanner Page.228

Best selection for graft Sinus

Crestal approach MICA kit™ Page.262

Lateral approach MILA kit™ Page.267

Digital Guided Prosthetics

R2 Navi-Guide™ Service Page.033 Digital Aided Prosthesis

CAD / CAM Abutment Page.220

CAD / CAM Material Page.234

BonEx Kit™ Page.249 Allograft Mega-Oss™ Page.242

Xenograft Mega-Oss Bovine™ Page.243

Synthetic Mega-TCP™ Page.244

Synthetic Bone Plus™ Page.245

- Precise & intuitive Diagnosis

⇒ Refer to Page.291 for more information on the MEG-INJECT

⇒ Refer to Page.048 for more information on the XPEED

Begin Prosthetic process in only 4 weeks

Implant Post suture Prosthetics

SmarThor for Narrow Ridge

i-Gen for Ridge Augmention

& all options for Bone Grafts

Ø3.5 Ø5.0 Ø6.0 Ø7.0

⇒ Refer to Page.262, 267 for more information on the MICA, MILA

How to use this catalogue

R2GATE™ AnyRidge® System AnyOne® Internal System AnyOne® External System

➲ Implant System 054

Healing Abutment Extra EZ Post

068 Lab Analog 075 Solid Abutment

Temporary Snap Impression

068 Fuse Abutment 076 Comfort Cap

071 UCLA Abutment 077 Burn-out Cylinder

071 Zirconia Abutment 079 Octa Abutment

Octa EZ Post Multi-unit

Multi-unit Insertion Tool

➲ Implant System 100

➲ MegaGen Kit AnyOne internal

105 Special Length 110 Lab Analog

106 Healing Abutment 113 Solid Abutment

108 EZ Post 113 Solid Lab Analog

109 Fuse Abutment 114 Comfort Cap

109 Angled Abutment 114 Burn-out Cylinder

110 Gold Abutment 116 Octa Abutment

Multi-unit Flat Healing Stainless Impression

➲ Implant System 136

➲ Instrument 140 Cover Screw 145 Gold Abutment

140 Healing Abutment 145 Plastic Abutment